comparison man/reftex.texi @ 88155:d7ddb3e565de

sync with trunk
author Henrik Enberg <henrik.enberg@telia.com>
date Mon, 16 Jan 2006 00:03:54 +0000
parents 23a1cea22d13
children
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
88154:8ce476d3ba36 88155:d7ddb3e565de
3 @setfilename ../info/reftex 3 @setfilename ../info/reftex
4 @settitle RefTeX User Manual 4 @settitle RefTeX User Manual
5 @synindex ky cp 5 @synindex ky cp
6 @syncodeindex vr cp 6 @syncodeindex vr cp
7 @syncodeindex fn cp 7 @syncodeindex fn cp
8 @set VERSION 4.19 8
9 @set EDITION 4.19 9 @c Version and Contact Info
10 @set DATE August 2002 10 @set VERSION 4.30
11 @set EDITION 4.30
12 @set DATE September 2005
13 @set AUCTEXSITE @uref{http://www.nongnu.org/auctex/,AUCTeX distribution site}
14 @set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/,maintainers webpage}
15 @set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik
16 @set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{dominik@@science.uva.nl}
17 @set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:dominik@@science.uva.nl,contact the maintainer}
18 @set XEMACSFTP @uref{ftp://ftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/packages/,XEmacs ftp site}.
11 @c %**end of header 19 @c %**end of header
12 20
13 @copying 21 @copying
14 This file documents @b{Ref@TeX{}}, a package to do labels, references, 22 This file documents @b{Ref@TeX{}}, a package to do labels, references,
15 citations and indices for LaTeX documents with Emacs. 23 citations and indices for LaTeX documents with Emacs.
16 24
17 This is edition @value{EDITION} of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} User Manual for 25 This is edition @value{EDITION} of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} User Manual for
18 @b{Ref@TeX{}} @value{VERSION}. 26 @b{Ref@TeX{}} @value{VERSION}
19 27
20 Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 28 Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
21 29
22 @quotation 30 @quotation
23 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document 31 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
24 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or 32 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
25 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no 33 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
26 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU 34 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU
27 Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the 35 Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the
28 license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation 36 license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation
29 License'' in the Emacs manual. 37 License'' in the Emacs manual.
71 79
72 @ifnottex 80 @ifnottex
73 @node Top,,,(dir) 81 @node Top,,,(dir)
74 82
75 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is a package for managing Labels, References, 83 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is a package for managing Labels, References,
76 Citations and index entries with GNU Emacs.@refill 84 Citations and index entries with GNU Emacs.
77 85
78 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers 86 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers
79 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in great depth. All you need to know to use 87 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in great depth. All you need to know to use
80 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a 88 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a
81 Nutshell}). You can go back later to other parts of this document when 89 Nutshell}). You can go back later to other parts of this document when
82 needed.@refill 90 needed.
83 91
84 @menu 92 @menu
85 * Introduction:: Quick-Start information. 93 * Introduction:: Quick-Start information.
86 94
87 * Table of Contents:: A Tool to move around quickly. 95 * Table of Contents:: A Tool to move around quickly.
143 * Creating Citations:: How to create them. 151 * Creating Citations:: How to create them.
144 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co. 152 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co.
145 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry. 153 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry.
146 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document. 154 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document.
147 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc. 155 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc.
156 * BibTeX Database Subsets:: Extract parts of a big database.
148 157
149 Index Support 158 Index Support
150 159
151 * Creating Index Entries:: Macros and completion of entries. 160 * Creating Index Entries:: Macros and completion of entries.
152 * The Index Phrases File:: A special file for global indexing. 161 * The Index Phrases File:: A special file for global indexing.
194 itself round 4 LaTeX macros: @code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, 203 itself round 4 LaTeX macros: @code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite},
195 and @code{\index}. Using these macros usually requires looking up 204 and @code{\index}. Using these macros usually requires looking up
196 different parts of the document and searching through BibTeX database 205 different parts of the document and searching through BibTeX database
197 files. @b{Ref@TeX{}} automates these time--consuming tasks almost 206 files. @b{Ref@TeX{}} automates these time--consuming tasks almost
198 entirely. It also provides functions to display the structure of a 207 entirely. It also provides functions to display the structure of a
199 document and to move around in this structure quickly.@refill 208 document and to move around in this structure quickly.
200 209
201 @iftex 210 @iftex
202 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers @b{Ref@TeX{}} 211 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers @b{Ref@TeX{}}
203 in great depth. All you need to know to use @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be 212 in great depth. All you need to know to use @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be
204 summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a Nutshell}). You can go 213 summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a Nutshell}). You can go
215 224
216 @node Installation, RefTeX in a Nutshell, , Introduction 225 @node Installation, RefTeX in a Nutshell, , Introduction
217 @section Installation 226 @section Installation
218 @cindex Installation 227 @cindex Installation
219 228
220 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre--installed with Emacs since version 20.2. 229 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre--installed with Emacs since version
221 It was also bundled and pre--installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x. XEmacs 230 20.2. It was also bundled and pre--installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x.
222 21.x users want to install the corresponding plug-in package which is 231 XEmacs 21.x users want to install the corresponding plug-in package
223 available from the 232 which is available from the @value{XEMACSFTP}. See the XEmacs 21.x
224 @uref{ftp://ftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/packages/,XEmacs ftp site}. See 233 documentation on package installation for details.
225 the XEmacs 21.x documentation on package installation for
226 details.@refill
227 234
228 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a copy 235 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a copy
229 of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the maintainers web-page. 236 of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the maintainers web-page.
230 @xref{Imprint}, for more information.@refill 237 @xref{Imprint}, for more information.
231 238
232 @section Environment 239 @section Environment
233 @cindex Finding files 240 @cindex Finding files
234 @cindex BibTeX database files, not found 241 @cindex BibTeX database files, not found
235 @cindex TeX files, not found 242 @cindex TeX files, not found
252 @findex reftex-mode 259 @findex reftex-mode
253 @vindex LaTeX-mode-hook 260 @vindex LaTeX-mode-hook
254 @vindex latex-mode-hook 261 @vindex latex-mode-hook
255 To turn @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode on and off in a particular buffer, use 262 To turn @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode on and off in a particular buffer, use
256 @kbd{M-x reftex-mode}. To turn on @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode for all LaTeX 263 @kbd{M-x reftex-mode}. To turn on @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode for all LaTeX
257 files, add the following lines to your @file{.emacs} file:@refill 264 files, add the following lines to your @file{.emacs} file:
258 265
259 @example 266 @example
260 (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with AUCTeX LaTeX mode 267 (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with AUCTeX LaTeX mode
261 (add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with Emacs latex mode 268 (add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with Emacs latex mode
262 @end example 269 @end example
273 @item 280 @item
274 @b{Table of Contents}@* Typing @kbd{C-c =} (@code{reftex-toc}) will show 281 @b{Table of Contents}@* Typing @kbd{C-c =} (@code{reftex-toc}) will show
275 a table of contents of the document. This buffer can display sections, 282 a table of contents of the document. This buffer can display sections,
276 labels and index entries defined in the document. From the buffer, you 283 labels and index entries defined in the document. From the buffer, you
277 can jump quickly to every part of your document. Press @kbd{?} to get 284 can jump quickly to every part of your document. Press @kbd{?} to get
278 help.@refill 285 help.
279 286
280 @item 287 @item
281 @b{Labels and References}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to create unique labels 288 @b{Labels and References}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to create unique labels
282 and to find the correct key for references quickly. It distinguishes 289 and to find the correct key for references quickly. It distinguishes
283 labels for different environments, knows about all standard 290 labels for different environments, knows about all standard
284 environments (and many others), and can be configured to recognize any 291 environments (and many others), and can be configured to recognize any
285 additional labeled environments you have defined yourself (variable 292 additional labeled environments you have defined yourself (variable
286 @code{reftex-label-alist}).@refill 293 @code{reftex-label-alist}).
287 294
288 @itemize @bullet 295 @itemize @bullet
289 @item 296 @item
290 @b{Creating Labels}@* 297 @b{Creating Labels}@*
291 Type @kbd{C-c (} (@code{reftex-label}) to insert a label at point. 298 Type @kbd{C-c (} (@code{reftex-label}) to insert a label at point.
295 derive a label from context (default for section labels) 302 derive a label from context (default for section labels)
296 @item 303 @item
297 prompt for a label string (default for figures and tables) or 304 prompt for a label string (default for figures and tables) or
298 @item 305 @item
299 insert a simple label made of a prefix and a number (all other 306 insert a simple label made of a prefix and a number (all other
300 environments)@refill 307 environments)
301 @end itemize 308 @end itemize
302 @noindent 309 @noindent
303 Which labels are created how is configurable with the variable 310 Which labels are created how is configurable with the variable
304 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags}.@refill 311 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags}.
305 312
306 @item 313 @item
307 @b{Referencing Labels}@* To make a reference, type @kbd{C-c )} 314 @b{Referencing Labels}@* To make a reference, type @kbd{C-c )}
308 (@code{reftex-reference}). This shows an outline of the document with 315 (@code{reftex-reference}). This shows an outline of the document with
309 all labels of a certain type (figure, equation,...) and some label 316 all labels of a certain type (figure, equation,...) and some label
310 context. Selecting a label inserts a @code{\ref@{@var{label}@}} macro 317 context. Selecting a label inserts a @code{\ref@{@var{label}@}} macro
311 into the original buffer.@refill 318 into the original buffer.
312 @end itemize 319 @end itemize
313 320
314 @item 321 @item
315 @b{Citations}@* 322 @b{Citations}@*
316 Typing @kbd{C-c [} (@code{reftex-citation}) will let you specify a 323 Typing @kbd{C-c [} (@code{reftex-citation}) will let you specify a
317 regular expression to search in current BibTeX database files (as 324 regular expression to search in current BibTeX database files (as
318 specified in the @code{\bibliography} command) and pull out a list of 325 specified in the @code{\bibliography} command) and pull out a list of
319 matches for you to choose from. The list is @emph{formatted} and 326 matches for you to choose from. The list is @emph{formatted} and
320 sorted. The selected article is referenced as @samp{\cite@{@var{key}@}} 327 sorted. The selected article is referenced as @samp{\cite@{@var{key}@}}
321 (see the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} if you want to insert 328 (see the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} if you want to insert
322 different macros).@refill 329 different macros).
323 330
324 @item 331 @item
325 @b{Index Support}@* 332 @b{Index Support}@*
326 @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to enter index entries. It also compiles all 333 @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to enter index entries. It also compiles all
327 entries into an alphabetically sorted @file{*Index*} buffer which you 334 entries into an alphabetically sorted @file{*Index*} buffer which you
328 can use to check and edit the entries. @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about the 335 can use to check and edit the entries. @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about the
329 standard index macros and can be configured to recognize any additional 336 standard index macros and can be configured to recognize any additional
330 macros you have defined (@code{reftex-index-macros}). Multiple indices 337 macros you have defined (@code{reftex-index-macros}). Multiple indices
331 are supported.@refill 338 are supported.
332 339
333 @itemize @bullet 340 @itemize @bullet
334 @item 341 @item
335 @b{Creating Index Entries}@* 342 @b{Creating Index Entries}@*
336 To index the current selection or the word at point, type @kbd{C-c /} 343 To index the current selection or the word at point, type @kbd{C-c /}
337 (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}). The default macro 344 (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}). The default macro
338 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} will be used. For a more complex entry 345 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} will be used. For a more complex entry
339 type @kbd{C-c <} (@code{reftex-index}), select any of the index macros 346 type @kbd{C-c <} (@code{reftex-index}), select any of the index macros
340 and enter the arguments with completion.@refill 347 and enter the arguments with completion.
341 348
342 @item 349 @item
343 @b{The Index Phrases File (Delayed Indexing)}@* 350 @b{The Index Phrases File (Delayed Indexing)}@*
344 Type @kbd{C-c \} (@code{reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word}) to add 351 Type @kbd{C-c \} (@code{reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word}) to add
345 the current word or selection to a special @emph{index phrase file}. 352 the current word or selection to a special @emph{index phrase file}.
346 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can later search the document for occurrences of these 353 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can later search the document for occurrences of these
347 phrases and let you interactively index the matches.@refill 354 phrases and let you interactively index the matches.
348 355
349 @item 356 @item
350 @b{Displaying and Editing the Index}@* 357 @b{Displaying and Editing the Index}@*
351 To display the compiled index in a special buffer, type @kbd{C-c >} 358 To display the compiled index in a special buffer, type @kbd{C-c >}
352 (@code{reftex-display-index}). From that buffer you can check and edit 359 (@code{reftex-display-index}). From that buffer you can check and edit
353 all entries.@refill 360 all entries.
354 @end itemize 361 @end itemize
355 362
356 @page 363 @page
357 @item @b{Viewing Cross-References}@* 364 @item @b{Viewing Cross-References}@*
358 When point is on the @var{key} argument of a cross--referencing macro 365 When point is on the @var{key} argument of a cross--referencing macro
359 (@code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem}, 366 (@code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem},
360 @code{\index}, and variations) or inside a BibTeX database entry, you 367 @code{\index}, and variations) or inside a BibTeX database entry, you
361 can press @kbd{C-c &} (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) to display 368 can press @kbd{C-c &} (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) to display
362 corresponding locations in the document and associated BibTeX database 369 corresponding locations in the document and associated BibTeX database
363 files.@refill @* 370 files. @*
364 When the enclosing macro is @code{\cite} or @code{\ref} and no other 371 When the enclosing macro is @code{\cite} or @code{\ref} and no other
365 message occupies the echo area, information about the citation or label 372 message occupies the echo area, information about the citation or label
366 will automatically be displayed in the echo area.@refill 373 will automatically be displayed in the echo area.
367 374
368 @item 375 @item
369 @b{Multifile Documents}@* 376 @b{Multifile Documents}@*
370 Multifile Documents are fully supported. The included files must have a 377 Multifile Documents are fully supported. The included files must have a
371 file variable @code{TeX-master} or @code{tex-main-file} pointing to the 378 file variable @code{TeX-master} or @code{tex-main-file} pointing to the
372 master file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides cross-referencing information from 379 master file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides cross-referencing information from
373 all parts of the document, and across document borders 380 all parts of the document, and across document borders
374 (@file{xr.sty}).@refill 381 (@file{xr.sty}).
375 382
376 @item 383 @item
377 @b{Document Parsing}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to parse the document in 384 @b{Document Parsing}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to parse the document in
378 order to find labels and other information. It does it automatically 385 order to find labels and other information. It does it automatically
379 once and updates its list internally when @code{reftex-label} and 386 once and updates its list internally when @code{reftex-label} and
380 @code{reftex-index} are used. To enforce reparsing, call any of the 387 @code{reftex-index} are used. To enforce reparsing, call any of the
381 commands described above with a raw @kbd{C-u} prefix, or press the 388 commands described above with a raw @kbd{C-u} prefix, or press the
382 @kbd{r} key in the label selection buffer, the table of contents 389 @kbd{r} key in the label selection buffer, the table of contents
383 buffer, or the index buffer.@refill 390 buffer, or the index buffer.
384 391
385 @item 392 @item
386 @b{AUCTeX} @* If your major LaTeX mode is AUCTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can 393 @b{AUCTeX} @* If your major LaTeX mode is AUCTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can
387 cooperate with it (see variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX}). AUCTeX 394 cooperate with it (see variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX}). AUCTeX
388 contains style files which trigger appropriate settings in 395 contains style files which trigger appropriate settings in
389 @b{Ref@TeX{}}, so that for many of the popular LaTeX packages no 396 @b{Ref@TeX{}}, so that for many of the popular LaTeX packages no
390 additional customizations will be necessary.@refill 397 additional customizations will be necessary.
391 398
392 @item 399 @item
393 @b{Useful Settings}@* 400 @b{Useful Settings}@*
394 To integrate RefTeX with AUCTeX, use 401 To integrate RefTeX with AUCTeX, use
395 @lisp 402 @lisp
396 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t) 403 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t)
397 @end lisp 404 @end lisp
398 405
399 To make your own LaTeX macro definitions known to @b{Ref@TeX{}}, 406 To make your own LaTeX macro definitions known to @b{Ref@TeX{}},
400 customize the variables@refill 407 customize the variables
401 @example 408 @example
402 @code{reftex-label-alist} @r{(for label macros/environments)} 409 @code{reftex-label-alist} @r{(for label macros/environments)}
403 @code{reftex-section-levels} @r{(for sectioning commands)} 410 @code{reftex-section-levels} @r{(for sectioning commands)}
404 @code{reftex-cite-format} @r{(for @code{\cite}-like macros)} 411 @code{reftex-cite-format} @r{(for @code{\cite}-like macros)}
405 @code{reftex-index-macros} @r{(for @code{\index}-like macros)} 412 @code{reftex-index-macros} @r{(for @code{\index}-like macros)}
406 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} @r{(to set the default macro)} 413 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} @r{(to set the default macro)}
407 @end example 414 @end example
408 If you have a large number of macros defined, you may want to write 415 If you have a large number of macros defined, you may want to write
409 an AUCTeX style file to support them with both AUCTeX and 416 an AUCTeX style file to support them with both AUCTeX and
410 @b{Ref@TeX{}}.@refill 417 @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
411 418
412 @item @b{Where Next?}@* Go ahead and use @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Use its menus 419 @item @b{Where Next?}@* Go ahead and use @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Use its menus
413 until you have picked up the key bindings. For an overview of what you 420 until you have picked up the key bindings. For an overview of what you
414 can do in each of the different special buffers, press @kbd{?}. Read 421 can do in each of the different special buffers, press @kbd{?}. Read
415 the manual if you get stuck, of if you are curious what else might be 422 the manual if you get stuck, of if you are curious what else might be
416 available. The first part of the manual explains in 423 available. The first part of the manual explains in
417 a tutorial way how to use and customize @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The second 424 a tutorial way how to use and customize @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The second
418 part is a command and variable reference.@refill 425 part is a command and variable reference.
419 @end enumerate 426 @end enumerate
420 427
421 @node Table of Contents, Labels and References, Introduction, Top 428 @node Table of Contents, Labels and References, Introduction, Top
422 @chapter Table of Contents 429 @chapter Table of Contents
423 @cindex @file{*toc*} buffer 430 @cindex @file{*toc*} buffer
431 @cindex Structure editing
424 @cindex Table of contents buffer 432 @cindex Table of contents buffer
425 @findex reftex-toc 433 @findex reftex-toc
426 @kindex C-c = 434 @kindex C-c =
427 435
428 Pressing the keys @kbd{C-c =} pops up a buffer showing the table of 436 Pressing the keys @kbd{C-c =} pops up a buffer showing the table of
429 contents of the document. By default, this @file{*toc*} buffer shows 437 contents of the document. By default, this @file{*toc*} buffer shows
430 only the sections of a document. Using the @kbd{l} and @kbd{i} keys you 438 only the sections of a document. Using the @kbd{l} and @kbd{i} keys you
431 can display all labels and index entries defined in the document as 439 can display all labels and index entries defined in the document as
432 well.@refill 440 well.
433 441
434 With the cursor in any of the lines denoting a location in the 442 With the cursor in any of the lines denoting a location in the
435 document, simple key strokes will display the corresponding part in 443 document, simple key strokes will display the corresponding part in
436 another window, jump to that location, or perform other actions.@refill 444 another window, jump to that location, or perform other actions.
437 445
438 @kindex ? 446 @kindex ?
439 Here is a list of special commands in the @file{*toc*} buffer. A 447 Here is a list of special commands in the @file{*toc*} buffer. A
440 summary of this information is always available by pressing 448 summary of this information is always available by pressing
441 @kbd{?}.@refill 449 @kbd{?}.
442 450
443 @table @kbd 451 @table @kbd
444 452
445 @tablesubheading{General} 453 @tablesubheading{General}
446 @item ? 454 @item ?
456 @item p 464 @item p
457 Goto previous entry in the table of context. 465 Goto previous entry in the table of context.
458 466
459 @item C-c C-n 467 @item C-c C-n
460 Goto next section heading. Useful when many labels and index entries 468 Goto next section heading. Useful when many labels and index entries
461 separate section headings.@refill 469 separate section headings.
462 470
463 @item C-c C-p 471 @item C-c C-p
464 Goto previous section heading. 472 Goto previous section heading.
465 473
466 @item N z 474 @item N z
467 Jump to section N, using the prefix arg. For example, @kbd{3 z} jumps 475 Jump to section N, using the prefix arg. For example, @kbd{3 z} jumps
468 to section 3.@refill 476 to section 3.
469 477
470 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations} 478 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations}
471 @item @key{SPC} 479 @item @key{SPC}
472 Show the corresponding location in another window. This command does 480 Show the corresponding location in another window. This command does
473 @emph{not} select that other window.@refill 481 @emph{not} select that other window.
474 482
475 @item @key{TAB} 483 @item @key{TAB}
476 Goto the location in another window. 484 Goto the location in another window.
477 485
478 @item @key{RET} 486 @item @key{RET}
479 Go to the location and hide the @file{*toc*} buffer. This will restore 487 Go to the location and hide the @file{*toc*} buffer. This will restore
480 the window configuration before @code{reftex-toc} (@kbd{C-c =}) was 488 the window configuration before @code{reftex-toc} (@kbd{C-c =}) was
481 called.@refill 489 called.
482 490
483 @item mouse-2 491 @item mouse-2
484 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection 492 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
485 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a line has the same effect as @key{RET}. 493 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a line has the same effect as @key{RET}.
486 See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options 494 See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
487 (Fontification)}.@refill 495 (Fontification)}.
488 496
489 @item f 497 @item f
490 @vindex reftex-toc-follow-mode 498 @vindex reftex-toc-follow-mode
491 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow 499 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
492 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will 500 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
494 @file{*toc*} buffer. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each 502 @file{*toc*} buffer. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each
495 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable 503 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
496 @code{reftex-toc-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files already 504 @code{reftex-toc-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files already
497 visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for follow 505 visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for follow
498 mode. See, however, the variable 506 mode. See, however, the variable
499 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill 507 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
500 508
501 @item . 509 @item .
502 Show calling point in another window. This is the point from where 510 Show calling point in another window. This is the point from where
503 @code{reftex-toc} was last called. 511 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.
504 512
505 @page 513 @page
514 @tablesubheading{Promotion and Demotion}
515
516 @item <
517 Promote the current section. This will convert @code{\section} to
518 @code{\chapter}, @code{\subsection} to @code{\section} etc. If there is
519 an active region, all sections in the region will be promoted, including
520 the one at point. To avoid mistakes, @b{Ref@TeX{}} requires a fresh
521 document scan before executing this command - if necessary, it will
522 automatically do this scan and ask the user to repeat the promotion
523 command.
524
525 @item >
526 Demote the current section. This is the opposite of promotion. It will
527 convert @code{\chapter} to @code{\section} etc. If there is an active
528 region, all sections in the region will be demoted, including the one at
529 point.
530
531 @item M-%
532 Rename the label at point. While generally not recommended, this can be
533 useful when a package like @file{fancyref} is used where the label
534 prefix determines the wording of a reference. After a
535 promotion/demotion it may be necessary to change a few labels from
536 @samp{sec:xyz} to @samp{cha:xyz} or vice versa. This command can be
537 used to do this - it launches a query replace to rename the definition
538 and all references of a label.
539
506 @tablesubheading{Exiting} 540 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
507 @item q 541 @item q
508 Hide the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where 542 Hide the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where
509 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.@refill 543 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.
510 544
511 @item k 545 @item k
512 Kill the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where 546 Kill the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where
513 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.@refill 547 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.
514 548
515 @item C-c > 549 @item C-c >
516 Switch to the @file{*Index*} buffer of this document. With prefix 550 Switch to the @file{*Index*} buffer of this document. With prefix
517 @samp{2}, restrict the index to the section at point in the @file{*toc*} 551 @samp{2}, restrict the index to the section at point in the @file{*toc*}
518 buffer. 552 buffer.
525 buffer. Without prefix arg, all levels will be included. With prefix 559 buffer. Without prefix arg, all levels will be included. With prefix
526 arg (e.g @kbd{3 t}), ignore all toc entries with level greater than 560 arg (e.g @kbd{3 t}), ignore all toc entries with level greater than
527 @var{arg} (3 in this case). Chapters are level 1, sections are level 2. 561 @var{arg} (3 in this case). Chapters are level 1, sections are level 2.
528 The mode line @samp{T<>} indicator shows the current value. The default 562 The mode line @samp{T<>} indicator shows the current value. The default
529 depth can be configured with the variable 563 depth can be configured with the variable
530 @code{reftex-toc-max-level}.@refill 564 @code{reftex-toc-max-level}.
531 565
532 @item F 566 @item F
533 @vindex reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries 567 @vindex reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries
534 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the 568 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the
535 @file{*toc*} buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the 569 @file{*toc*} buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the
536 variable @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}.@refill 570 variable @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}.
537 571
538 @item l 572 @item l
539 @vindex reftex-toc-include-labels 573 @vindex reftex-toc-include-labels
540 Toggle the display of labels in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The default 574 Toggle the display of labels in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The default
541 for this flag can be set with the variable 575 for this flag can be set with the variable
542 @code{reftex-toc-include-labels}. When called with a prefix argument, 576 @code{reftex-toc-include-labels}. When called with a prefix argument,
543 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a label type and include only labels of 577 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a label type and include only labels of
544 the selected type in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode line @samp{L<>} 578 the selected type in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode line @samp{L<>}
545 indicator shows which labels are included.@refill 579 indicator shows which labels are included.
546 580
547 @item i 581 @item i
548 @vindex reftex-toc-include-index-entries 582 @vindex reftex-toc-include-index-entries
549 Toggle the display of index entries in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The 583 Toggle the display of index entries in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The
550 default for this flag can be set with the variable 584 default for this flag can be set with the variable
551 @code{reftex-toc-include-index-entries}. When called with a prefix 585 @code{reftex-toc-include-index-entries}. When called with a prefix
552 argument, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a specific index and include 586 argument, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a specific index and include
553 only entries in the selected index in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode 587 only entries in the selected index in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode
554 line @samp{I<>} indicator shows which index is used.@refill 588 line @samp{I<>} indicator shows which index is used.
555 589
556 @item c 590 @item c
557 @vindex reftex-toc-include-context 591 @vindex reftex-toc-include-context
558 Toggle the display of label and index context in the @file{*toc*} 592 Toggle the display of label and index context in the @file{*toc*}
559 buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the variable 593 buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
560 @code{reftex-toc-include-context}.@refill 594 @code{reftex-toc-include-context}.
561 595
562 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer} 596 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
563 597
564 @item g 598 @item g
565 Rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the 599 Rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the
566 document.@refill 600 document.
567 601
568 @item r 602 @item r
569 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans 603 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
570 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. When 604 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. When
571 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-nil, rescan only the file this 605 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-@code{nil}, rescan only the file this
572 location is defined in, not the entire document.@refill 606 location is defined in, not the entire document.
573 607
574 @item C-u r 608 @item C-u r
575 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*} 609 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*}
576 buffer.@refill 610 buffer.
577 611
578 @item x 612 @item x
579 Switch to the @file{*toc*} buffer of an external document. When the 613 Switch to the @file{*toc*} buffer of an external document. When the
580 current document is using the @code{xr} package (@pxref{xr (LaTeX 614 current document is using the @code{xr} package (@pxref{xr (LaTeX
581 package)}), @b{Ref@TeX{}} will switch to one of the external 615 package)}), @b{Ref@TeX{}} will switch to one of the external
582 documents.@refill 616 documents.
617
618
619 @tablesubheading{Automatic recentering}
620
621 @item d
622 Toggle the display of a dedicated frame displaying just the @file{*toc*}
623 buffer. Follow mode and visiting locations will not work that frame,
624 but automatic recentering will make this frame always show your current
625 editing location in the document (see below).
583 626
584 @item a 627 @item a
585 Toggle the automatic recentering of the @file{*toc*} buffer. When this 628 Toggle the automatic recentering of the @file{*toc*} buffer. When this
586 option is on, moving around in the document will cause the @file{*toc*} 629 option is on, moving around in the document will cause the @file{*toc*}
587 to always highlight the current section. This can be enabled by default 630 to always highlight the current section. By default, this option is
588 with the variable @code{reftex-auto-recenter-toc}. 631 active while the dedicated @file{*TOC*} frame exists. See also the
632 variable @code{reftex-auto-recenter-toc}.
589 633
590 @end table 634 @end table
591 635
592 @vindex reftex-toc-map 636 @vindex reftex-toc-map
593 In order to define additional commands for the @file{*toc*} buffer, the 637 In order to define additional commands for the @file{*toc*} buffer, the
594 keymap @code{reftex-toc-map} may be used.@refill 638 keymap @code{reftex-toc-map} may be used.
595 639
596 @findex reftex-toc-recenter 640 @findex reftex-toc-recenter
597 @vindex reftex-auto-recenter-toc 641 @vindex reftex-auto-recenter-toc
598 @vindex reftex-idle-time 642 @vindex reftex-idle-time
599 @cindex @file{*toc*} buffer, recentering 643 @cindex @file{*toc*} buffer, recentering
603 exists, the cursor will immediately jump to the right place, i.e. the 647 exists, the cursor will immediately jump to the right place, i.e. the
604 section from which @code{reftex-toc} was called will be highlighted. 648 section from which @code{reftex-toc} was called will be highlighted.
605 The command @kbd{C-c -} (@code{reftex-toc-recenter}) will only redisplay 649 The command @kbd{C-c -} (@code{reftex-toc-recenter}) will only redisplay
606 the @file{*toc*} buffer and highlight the correct line without actually 650 the @file{*toc*} buffer and highlight the correct line without actually
607 selecting the @file{*toc*} window. This can be useful to quickly find 651 selecting the @file{*toc*} window. This can be useful to quickly find
608 out where in the document you currently are. If you want the TOC buffer 652 out where in the document you currently are. You can also automate this
609 to show the current section automatically whenever you stop typing, try 653 by asking RefTeX to keep track of your current editing position in the
654 TOC. The TOC window will then be updated whenever you stop typing for
655 more than @code{reftex-idle-time} seconds. By default this works only
656 with the dedicated @file{*TOC*} frame. But you can also force automatic
657 recentering of the TOC window on the current frame with
610 @lisp 658 @lisp
611 (setq reftex-auto-recenter-toc t) 659 (setq reftex-auto-recenter-toc t)
612 @end lisp 660 @end lisp
613 When this is turned on, the toc buffer will be recentered whenever Emacs
614 is idle for more than @code{reftex-idle-time} seconds.
615 661
616 662
617 @cindex Sectioning commands 663 @cindex Sectioning commands
618 @cindex KOMA-Script, LaTeX classes 664 @cindex KOMA-Script, LaTeX classes
619 @cindex LaTeX classes, KOMA-Script 665 @cindex LaTeX classes, KOMA-Script
639 LaTeX provides a powerful mechanism to deal with cross--references in a 685 LaTeX provides a powerful mechanism to deal with cross--references in a
640 document. When writing a document, any part of it can be marked with a 686 document. When writing a document, any part of it can be marked with a
641 label, like @samp{\label@{mark@}}. LaTeX records the current value of a 687 label, like @samp{\label@{mark@}}. LaTeX records the current value of a
642 certain counter when a label is defined. Later references to this label 688 certain counter when a label is defined. Later references to this label
643 (like @samp{\ref@{mark@}}) will produce the recorded value of the 689 (like @samp{\ref@{mark@}}) will produce the recorded value of the
644 counter.@refill 690 counter.
645 691
646 Labels can be used to mark sections, figures, tables, equations, 692 Labels can be used to mark sections, figures, tables, equations,
647 footnotes, items in enumerate lists etc. LaTeX is context sensitive in 693 footnotes, items in enumerate lists etc. LaTeX is context sensitive in
648 doing this: A label defined in a figure environment automatically 694 doing this: A label defined in a figure environment automatically
649 records the figure counter, not the section counter.@refill 695 records the figure counter, not the section counter.
650 696
651 Several different environments can share a common counter and therefore 697 Several different environments can share a common counter and therefore
652 a common label category. E.g. labels in both @code{equation} and 698 a common label category. E.g. labels in both @code{equation} and
653 @code{eqnarray} environments record the value of the same counter - the 699 @code{eqnarray} environments record the value of the same counter - the
654 equation counter.@refill 700 equation counter.
655 701
656 @menu 702 @menu
657 * Creating Labels:: 703 * Creating Labels::
658 * Referencing Labels:: 704 * Referencing Labels::
659 * Builtin Label Environments:: The environments RefTeX knows about. 705 * Builtin Label Environments:: The environments RefTeX knows about.
675 In order to create a label in a LaTeX document, press @kbd{C-c (} 721 In order to create a label in a LaTeX document, press @kbd{C-c (}
676 (@code{reftex-label}). Just like LaTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} is context sensitive 722 (@code{reftex-label}). Just like LaTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} is context sensitive
677 and will figure out the environment it currently is in and adapt the 723 and will figure out the environment it currently is in and adapt the
678 label to that environment. A label usually consists of a short prefix 724 label to that environment. A label usually consists of a short prefix
679 indicating the type of the label and a unique mark. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has 725 indicating the type of the label and a unique mark. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has
680 3 different modes to create this mark.@refill 726 3 different modes to create this mark.
681 727
682 @enumerate 728 @enumerate
683 @item 729 @item
684 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function 730 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
685 @vindex reftex-derive-label-parameters 731 @vindex reftex-derive-label-parameters
686 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re 732 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re
687 @vindex reftex-abbrev-parameters 733 @vindex reftex-abbrev-parameters
688 A label can be derived from context. This means, @b{Ref@TeX{}} takes 734 A label can be derived from context. This means, @b{Ref@TeX{}} takes
689 the context of the label definition and constructs a label from 735 the context of the label definition and constructs a label from
690 that@footnote{Note that the context may contain constructs which are 736 that@footnote{Note that the context may contain constructs which are
691 illegal in labels. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will therefore strip the accent from 737 invalid in labels. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will therefore strip the accent from
692 accented Latin-1 characters and remove everything else which is not 738 accented Latin-1 characters and remove everything else which is not
693 legal in labels. This mechanism is safe, but may not be satisfactory 739 valid in labels. This mechanism is safe, but may not be satisfactory
694 for non-western languages. Check the following variables if you need to 740 for non-western languages. Check the following variables if you need to
695 change things: @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function}, 741 change things: @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function},
696 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}, @code{reftex-label-illegal-re}, 742 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}, @code{reftex-label-illegal-re},
697 @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}.}. This works best for section labels, 743 @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}.}. This works best for section labels,
698 where the section heading is used to construct a label. In fact, 744 where the section heading is used to construct a label. In fact,
699 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method only for section 745 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method only for section
700 labels. You will be asked to confirm the derived label, or edit 746 labels. You will be asked to confirm the derived label, or edit
701 it.@refill 747 it.
702 748
703 @item 749 @item
704 We may also use a simple unique number to identify a label. This is 750 We may also use a simple unique number to identify a label. This is
705 mostly useful for labels where it is difficult to come up with a very 751 mostly useful for labels where it is difficult to come up with a very
706 good descriptive name. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method 752 good descriptive name. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method
707 for equations, enumerate items and footnotes. The author of @b{Ref@TeX{}} 753 for equations, enumerate items and footnotes. The author of @b{Ref@TeX{}}
708 tends to write documents with many equations and finds it impossible 754 tends to write documents with many equations and finds it impossible
709 to come up with good names for each of them. These simple labels are 755 to come up with good names for each of them. These simple labels are
710 inserted without query, and are therefore very fast. Good descriptive 756 inserted without query, and are therefore very fast. Good descriptive
711 names are not really necessary as @b{Ref@TeX{}} will provide context to 757 names are not really necessary as @b{Ref@TeX{}} will provide context to
712 reference a label (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill 758 reference a label (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).
713 759
714 @item 760 @item
715 The third method is to ask the user for a label. This is most 761 The third method is to ask the user for a label. This is most
716 useful for things which are easy to describe briefly and do not turn up 762 useful for things which are easy to describe briefly and do not turn up
717 too frequently in a document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} uses this for figures and 763 too frequently in a document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} uses this for figures and
718 tables. Of course, one can enter the label directly by typing the full 764 tables. Of course, one can enter the label directly by typing the full
719 @samp{\label@{mark@}}. The advantage of using @code{reftex-label} 765 @samp{\label@{mark@}}. The advantage of using @code{reftex-label}
720 anyway is that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that a new label has been defined. 766 anyway is that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that a new label has been defined.
721 It will then not be necessary to rescan the document in order to access 767 It will then not be necessary to rescan the document in order to access
722 this label later.@refill 768 this label later.
723 @end enumerate 769 @end enumerate
724 770
725 @vindex reftex-insert-label-flags 771 @vindex reftex-insert-label-flags
726 If you want to change the way certain labels are created, check out the 772 If you want to change the way certain labels are created, check out the
727 variable @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating 773 variable @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating
728 Labels)}).@refill 774 Labels)}).
729 775
730 If you are using AUCTeX to write your LaTeX documents, you can 776 If you are using AUCTeX to write your LaTeX documents, you can
731 set it up to delegate the creation of labels to 777 set it up to delegate the creation of labels to
732 @b{Ref@TeX{}}. @xref{AUCTeX}, for more information. 778 @b{Ref@TeX{}}. @xref{AUCTeX}, for more information.
733 779
739 @cindex Selection process 785 @cindex Selection process
740 @cindex @code{\ref} 786 @cindex @code{\ref}
741 @kindex C-c ) 787 @kindex C-c )
742 @findex reftex-reference 788 @findex reftex-reference
743 789
790 @vindex reftex-trust-label-prefix
791 @b{Ref@TeX{}} scans the document in order to find all labels. To make
792 referencing labels easier, it assigns to each label a category, the
793 @emph{label type} (for example section, table, figure, equation, etc.).
794 In order to determine the label type, RefTeX parses around each label
795 to see in what kind of environments it is located. You can speed up
796 the parsing by using type-specific prefixes for labels and configuring
797 the variable @code{reftex-trust-label-prefix}.
798
744 Referencing Labels is really at the heart of @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Press @kbd{C-c 799 Referencing Labels is really at the heart of @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Press @kbd{C-c
745 )} in order to reference a label (reftex-reference). This will start a 800 )} in order to reference a label (reftex-reference). This will start a
746 selection process and finally insert the complete @samp{\ref@{label@}} 801 selection process and finally insert the complete @samp{\ref@{label@}}
747 into the buffer.@refill 802 into the buffer.
748 803
749 First, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will determine the label category which is required. 804 First, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will determine the label category which is required.
750 Often that can be figured out from context. For example, if you 805 Often that can be figured out from context. For example, if you
751 write @samp{As shown in eq.} and the press @kbd{C-c )}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows 806 write @samp{As shown in eq.} and the press @kbd{C-c )}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows
752 that an equation label is going to be referenced. If it cannot figure 807 that an equation label is going to be referenced. If it cannot figure
753 out what label category is needed, it will query for one.@refill 808 out what label category is needed, it will query for one.
754 809
755 You will then be presented with a label selection menu. This is a 810 You will then be presented with a label selection menu. This is a
756 special buffer which contains an outline of the document along with all 811 special buffer which contains an outline of the document along with all
757 labels of the given label category. In addition, next to the label 812 labels of the given label category. In addition, next to the label
758 there will be one line of context of the label definition, which is some 813 there will be one line of context of the label definition, which is some
759 text in the buffer near the label definition. Usually this is 814 text in the buffer near the label definition. Usually this is
760 sufficient to identify the label. If you are unsure about a certain 815 sufficient to identify the label. If you are unsure about a certain
761 label, pressing @key{SPC} will show the label definition point in 816 label, pressing @key{SPC} will show the label definition point in
762 another window.@refill 817 another window.
763 818
764 In order to reference a label, move to cursor to the correct label and 819 In order to reference a label, move to cursor to the correct label and
765 press @key{RET}. You can also reference several labels with a single 820 press @key{RET}. You can also reference several labels with a single
766 call to @code{reftex-reference} by marking entries with the @kbd{m} 821 call to @code{reftex-reference} by marking entries with the @kbd{m}
767 key (see below). 822 key (see below).
768 823
769 @kindex ? 824 @kindex ?
770 Here is a list of special commands in the selection buffer. A summary 825 Here is a list of special commands in the selection buffer. A summary
771 of this information is always available from the selection process by 826 of this information is always available from the selection process by
772 pressing @kbd{?}.@refill 827 pressing @kbd{?}.
773 828
774 829
775 830
776 @table @kbd 831 @table @kbd
777 @tablesubheading{General} 832 @tablesubheading{General}
788 @item p 843 @item p
789 Go to previous label. 844 Go to previous label.
790 845
791 @item b 846 @item b
792 Jump back to the position where you last left the selection buffer. 847 Jump back to the position where you last left the selection buffer.
793 Normally this should get you back to the last referenced label.@refill 848 Normally this should get you back to the last referenced label.
794 849
795 @item C-c C-n 850 @item C-c C-n
796 Goto next section heading. 851 Goto next section heading.
797 852
798 @item C-c C-p 853 @item C-c C-p
799 Goto previous section heading. 854 Goto previous section heading.
800 855
801 @item N z 856 @item N z
802 Jump to section N, using the prefix arg. For example @kbd{3 z} jumps to 857 Jump to section N, using the prefix arg. For example @kbd{3 z} jumps to
803 section 3.@refill 858 section 3.
804 859
805 @tablesubheading{Displaying Context} 860 @tablesubheading{Displaying Context}
806 @item @key{SPC} 861 @item @key{SPC}
807 Show the surroundings of the definition of the current label in another 862 Show the surroundings of the definition of the current label in another
808 window. See also the @kbd{f} key.@refill 863 window. See also the @kbd{f} key.
809 864
810 @item f 865 @item f
811 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow 866 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
812 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will 867 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
813 always display the full context of the current label. This is similar 868 always display the full context of the current label. This is similar
814 to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. Note that only context 869 to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. Note that only context
815 in files already visited is shown. @b{RefTeX} will not visit a file 870 in files already visited is shown. @b{RefTeX} will not visit a file
816 just for follow mode. See, however, the variable 871 just for follow mode. See, however, the variable
817 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill 872 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
818 873
819 @item . 874 @item .
820 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you 875 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you
821 called @code{reftex-reference}.@refill 876 called @code{reftex-reference}.
822 877
823 @tablesubheading{Selecting a label and creating the reference} 878 @tablesubheading{Selecting a label and creating the reference}
824 @item @key{RET} 879 @item @key{RET}
825 Insert a reference to the label at point into the buffer from which the 880 Insert a reference to the label at point into the buffer from which the
826 selection process was started. When entries have been marked, @key{RET} 881 selection process was started. When entries have been marked, @key{RET}
827 references all marked labels.@refill 882 references all marked labels.
828 883
829 @item mouse-2 884 @item mouse-2
830 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection 885 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
831 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a label will accept it like @key{RET} 886 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a label will accept it like @key{RET}
832 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options 887 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
833 (Misc)}.@refill 888 (Misc)}.
834 889
835 @vindex reftex-multiref-punctuation 890 @vindex reftex-multiref-punctuation
836 @item m - + , 891 @item m - + ,
837 Mark the current entry. When several entries have been marked, pressing 892 Mark the current entry. When several entries have been marked, pressing
838 @kbd{RET} will accept all of them and place them into several 893 @kbd{RET} will accept all of them and place them into several
851 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{saferef} 906 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{saferef}
852 @cindex @code{saferef}, LaTeX package 907 @cindex @code{saferef}, LaTeX package
853 @item a 908 @item a
854 Accept the marked entries and put all labels as a comma-separated list 909 Accept the marked entries and put all labels as a comma-separated list
855 into one @emph{single} @code{\ref} macro. Some packages like 910 into one @emph{single} @code{\ref} macro. Some packages like
856 @file{saferef.sty} support multiple references in this way.@refill 911 @file{saferef.sty} support multiple references in this way.
857 912
858 @item l 913 @item l
859 Use the last referenced label(s) again. This is equivalent to moving to 914 Use the last referenced label(s) again. This is equivalent to moving to
860 that label and pressing @key{RET}.@refill 915 that label and pressing @key{RET}.
861 916
862 @item @key{TAB} 917 @item @key{TAB}
863 Enter a label with completion. This may also be a label which does not 918 Enter a label with completion. This may also be a label which does not
864 yet exist in the document. 919 yet exist in the document.
865 920
869 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref} 924 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref}
870 Toggle between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref} macro for references. The 925 Toggle between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref} macro for references. The
871 @code{\vref} macro is defined in the @code{varioref} LaTeX package. 926 @code{\vref} macro is defined in the @code{varioref} LaTeX package.
872 With this key you can force @b{Ref@TeX{}} to insert a @code{\vref} 927 With this key you can force @b{Ref@TeX{}} to insert a @code{\vref}
873 macro. The current state of this flag is displayed by the @samp{S<>} 928 macro. The current state of this flag is displayed by the @samp{S<>}
874 indicator in the mode line of the selection buffer.@refill 929 indicator in the mode line of the selection buffer.
875 930
876 @item V 931 @item V
877 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package 932 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package
878 @cindex @code{\fref} 933 @cindex @code{\fref}
879 @cindex @code{\Fref} 934 @cindex @code{\Fref}
887 942
888 @tablesubheading{Exiting} 943 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
889 944
890 @item q 945 @item q
891 Exit the selection process without inserting any reference into the 946 Exit the selection process without inserting any reference into the
892 buffer.@refill 947 buffer.
893 948
894 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed} 949 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed}
895 @vindex reftex-label-menu-flags 950 @vindex reftex-label-menu-flags
896 The defaults for the following flags can be configured with the variable 951 The defaults for the following flags can be configured with the variable
897 @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing Labels)}). 952 @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing Labels)}).
898 953
899 @item c 954 @item c
900 Toggle the display of the one-line label definition context in the 955 Toggle the display of the one-line label definition context in the
901 selection buffer.@refill 956 selection buffer.
902 957
903 @item F 958 @item F
904 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the 959 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the
905 selection buffer.@refill 960 selection buffer.
906 961
907 @item t 962 @item t
908 Toggle the display of the table of contents in the selection buffer. 963 Toggle the display of the table of contents in the selection buffer.
909 With prefix @var{arg}, change the maximum level of toc entries displayed 964 With prefix @var{arg}, change the maximum level of toc entries displayed
910 to @var{arg}. Chapters are level 1, section are level 2.@refill 965 to @var{arg}. Chapters are level 1, section are level 2.
911 966
912 @item # 967 @item #
913 Toggle the display of a label counter in the selection buffer.@refill 968 Toggle the display of a label counter in the selection buffer.
914 969
915 @item % 970 @item %
916 Toggle the display of labels hidden in comments in the selection 971 Toggle the display of labels hidden in comments in the selection
917 buffers. Sometimes, you may have commented out parts of your document. 972 buffers. Sometimes, you may have commented out parts of your document.
918 If these parts contain label definitions, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can still display 973 If these parts contain label definitions, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can still display
919 and reference these labels.@refill 974 and reference these labels.
920 975
921 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer} 976 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
922 @item g 977 @item g
923 Update the menu. This will rebuilt the menu from the internal label 978 Update the menu. This will rebuilt the menu from the internal label
924 list, but not reparse the document (see @kbd{r}).@refill 979 list, but not reparse the document (see @kbd{r}).
925 980
926 @item r 981 @item r
927 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans 982 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
928 Reparse the document to update the information on all labels and rebuild 983 Reparse the document to update the information on all labels and rebuild
929 the menu. If the variable @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is 984 the menu. If the variable @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is
930 non-@code{nil} and your document is a multifile document, this will 985 non-@code{nil} and your document is a multifile document, this will
931 reparse only a part of the document (the file in which the label at 986 reparse only a part of the document (the file in which the label at
932 point was defined).@refill 987 point was defined).
933 988
934 @item C-u r 989 @item C-u r
935 Reparse the @emph{entire} document. 990 Reparse the @emph{entire} document.
936 991
937 @item s 992 @item s
938 Switch the label category. After prompting for another label category, 993 Switch the label category. After prompting for another label category,
939 a menu for that category will be shown.@refill 994 a menu for that category will be shown.
940 995
941 @item x 996 @item x
942 Reference a label from an external document. With the LaTeX package 997 Reference a label from an external document. With the LaTeX package
943 @code{xr} it is possible to reference labels defined in another 998 @code{xr} it is possible to reference labels defined in another
944 document. This key will switch to the label menu of an external 999 document. This key will switch to the label menu of an external
945 document and let you select a label from there (@pxref{xr (LaTeX 1000 document and let you select a label from there (@pxref{xr (LaTeX
946 package),,xr}).@refill 1001 package),,xr}).
947 1002
948 @end table 1003 @end table
949 1004
950 @vindex reftex-select-label-map 1005 @vindex reftex-select-label-map
951 In order to define additional commands for the selection process, the 1006 In order to define additional commands for the selection process, the
952 keymap @code{reftex-select-label-map} may be used.@refill 1007 keymap @code{reftex-select-label-map} may be used.
953 1008
954 @node Builtin Label Environments, Defining Label Environments, Referencing Labels, Labels and References 1009 @node Builtin Label Environments, Defining Label Environments, Referencing Labels, Labels and References
955 @section Builtin Label Environments 1010 @section Builtin Label Environments
956 @cindex Builtin label environments 1011 @cindex Builtin label environments
957 @cindex Label environments, builtin 1012 @cindex Label environments, builtin
961 1016
962 @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be aware of the environments which can be referenced 1017 @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be aware of the environments which can be referenced
963 with a label (i.e. which carry their own counters). By default, @b{Ref@TeX{}} 1018 with a label (i.e. which carry their own counters). By default, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
964 recognizes all labeled environments and macros discussed in @cite{The 1019 recognizes all labeled environments and macros discussed in @cite{The
965 LaTeX Companion by Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley 1020 LaTeX Companion by Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley
966 1994.}. These are:@refill 1021 1994.}. These are:
967 1022
968 @itemize @minus 1023 @itemize @minus
969 @item 1024 @item
970 @cindex @code{figure}, LaTeX environment 1025 @cindex @code{figure}, LaTeX environment
971 @cindex @code{figure*}, LaTeX environment 1026 @cindex @code{figure*}, LaTeX environment
977 @cindex @code{\footnote}, LaTeX macro 1032 @cindex @code{\footnote}, LaTeX macro
978 @cindex LaTeX macro @code{footnote} 1033 @cindex LaTeX macro @code{footnote}
979 @cindex LaTeX core 1034 @cindex LaTeX core
980 @code{figure}, @code{figure*}, @code{table}, @code{table*}, @code{equation}, 1035 @code{figure}, @code{figure*}, @code{table}, @code{table*}, @code{equation},
981 @code{eqnarray}, @code{enumerate}, the @code{\footnote} macro (this is 1036 @code{eqnarray}, @code{enumerate}, the @code{\footnote} macro (this is
982 the LaTeX core stuff)@refill 1037 the LaTeX core stuff)
983 @item 1038 @item
984 @cindex AMS-LaTeX 1039 @cindex AMS-LaTeX
985 @cindex @code{amsmath}, LaTeX package 1040 @cindex @code{amsmath}, LaTeX package
986 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{amsmath} 1041 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{amsmath}
987 @cindex @code{align}, AMS-LaTeX environment 1042 @cindex @code{align}, AMS-LaTeX environment
992 @cindex @code{xalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment 1047 @cindex @code{xalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment
993 @cindex @code{xxalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment 1048 @cindex @code{xxalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment
994 @cindex @code{subequations}, AMS-LaTeX environment 1049 @cindex @code{subequations}, AMS-LaTeX environment
995 @code{align}, @code{gather}, @code{multline}, @code{flalign}, 1050 @code{align}, @code{gather}, @code{multline}, @code{flalign},
996 @code{alignat}, @code{xalignat}, @code{xxalignat}, @code{subequations} 1051 @code{alignat}, @code{xalignat}, @code{xxalignat}, @code{subequations}
997 (from AMS-LaTeX's @file{amsmath.sty} package)@refill 1052 (from AMS-LaTeX's @file{amsmath.sty} package)
998 @item 1053 @item
999 @cindex @code{endnote}, LaTeX package 1054 @cindex @code{endnote}, LaTeX package
1000 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{endnote} 1055 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{endnote}
1001 @cindex @code{\endnote}, LaTeX macro 1056 @cindex @code{\endnote}, LaTeX macro
1002 the @code{\endnote} macro (from @file{endnotes.sty}) 1057 the @code{\endnote} macro (from @file{endnotes.sty})
1037 @cindex @code{subfig}, LaTeX package 1092 @cindex @code{subfig}, LaTeX package
1038 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{subfigure} 1093 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{subfigure}
1039 @cindex @code{subfigure}, LaTeX environment 1094 @cindex @code{subfigure}, LaTeX environment
1040 @cindex @code{subfigure*}, LaTeX environment 1095 @cindex @code{subfigure*}, LaTeX environment
1041 @code{subfigure}, @code{subfigure*}, the @code{\subfigure} macro 1096 @code{subfigure}, @code{subfigure*}, the @code{\subfigure} macro
1042 (@file{subfigure.sty})@refill 1097 (@file{subfigure.sty})
1043 @item 1098 @item
1044 @cindex @code{supertab}, LaTeX package 1099 @cindex @code{supertab}, LaTeX package
1045 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{supertab} 1100 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{supertab}
1046 @cindex @code{supertabular}, LaTeX environment 1101 @cindex @code{supertabular}, LaTeX environment
1047 @code{supertabular} (@file{supertab.sty}) 1102 @code{supertabular} (@file{supertab.sty})
1052 @code{wrapfigure} (@file{wrapfig.sty}) 1107 @code{wrapfigure} (@file{wrapfig.sty})
1053 @end itemize 1108 @end itemize
1054 1109
1055 If you want to use other labeled environments, defined with 1110 If you want to use other labeled environments, defined with
1056 @code{\newtheorem}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured to recognize 1111 @code{\newtheorem}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured to recognize
1057 them (@pxref{Defining Label Environments}).@refill 1112 them (@pxref{Defining Label Environments}).
1058 1113
1059 @node Defining Label Environments, Reference Info, Builtin Label Environments, Labels and References 1114 @node Defining Label Environments, Reference Info, Builtin Label Environments, Labels and References
1060 @section Defining Label Environments 1115 @section Defining Label Environments
1061 @cindex Label environments, defining 1116 @cindex Label environments, defining
1062 1117
1075 @vindex reftex-label-alist-builtin 1130 @vindex reftex-label-alist-builtin
1076 Here we will discuss a few examples, in order to make things clearer. 1131 Here we will discuss a few examples, in order to make things clearer.
1077 It can also be instructive to look at the constant 1132 It can also be instructive to look at the constant
1078 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin} which contains the entries for 1133 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin} which contains the entries for
1079 all the builtin environments and macros (@pxref{Builtin Label 1134 all the builtin environments and macros (@pxref{Builtin Label
1080 Environments}).@refill 1135 Environments}).
1081 1136
1082 @menu 1137 @menu
1083 * Theorem and Axiom:: Defined with @code{\newenvironment}. 1138 * Theorem and Axiom:: Defined with @code{\newenvironment}.
1084 * Quick Equation:: When a macro sets the label type. 1139 * Quick Equation:: When a macro sets the label type.
1085 * Figure Wrapper:: When a macro argument is a label. 1140 * Figure Wrapper:: When a macro argument is a label.
1094 @cindex @code{theorem}, newtheorem 1149 @cindex @code{theorem}, newtheorem
1095 @cindex @code{axiom}, newtheorem 1150 @cindex @code{axiom}, newtheorem
1096 @cindex @code{\newtheorem} 1151 @cindex @code{\newtheorem}
1097 1152
1098 Suppose you are using @code{\newtheorem} in LaTeX in order to define two 1153 Suppose you are using @code{\newtheorem} in LaTeX in order to define two
1099 new environments, @code{theorem} and @code{axiom}@refill 1154 new environments, @code{theorem} and @code{axiom}
1100 1155
1101 @example 1156 @example
1102 \newtheorem@{axiom@}@{Axiom@} 1157 \newtheorem@{axiom@}@{Axiom@}
1103 \newtheorem@{theorem@}@{Theorem@} 1158 \newtheorem@{theorem@}@{Theorem@}
1104 @end example 1159 @end example
1126 1181
1127 The type indicator characters @code{?a} and @code{?h} are used for 1182 The type indicator characters @code{?a} and @code{?h} are used for
1128 prompts when @b{Ref@TeX{}} queries for a label type. @code{?h} 1183 prompts when @b{Ref@TeX{}} queries for a label type. @code{?h}
1129 was chosen for @code{theorem} since @code{?t} is already taken by 1184 was chosen for @code{theorem} since @code{?t} is already taken by
1130 @code{table}. Note that also @code{?s}, @code{?f}, @code{?e}, 1185 @code{table}. Note that also @code{?s}, @code{?f}, @code{?e},
1131 @code{?i}, @code{?n} are already used for standard environments.@refill 1186 @code{?i}, @code{?n} are already used for standard environments.
1132 1187
1133 @noindent 1188 @noindent
1134 The labels for Axioms and Theorems will have the prefixes @samp{ax:} and 1189 The labels for Axioms and Theorems will have the prefixes @samp{ax:} and
1135 @samp{thr:}, respectively. @xref{AUCTeX}, for information on how 1190 @samp{thr:}, respectively. @xref{AUCTeX}, for information on how
1136 AUCTeX can use RefTeX to automatically create labels when a new environment 1191 AUCTeX can use RefTeX to automatically create labels when a new environment
1147 @end lisp 1202 @end lisp
1148 1203
1149 1204
1150 @noindent 1205 @noindent
1151 The @samp{~\ref@{%s@}} is a format string indicating how to insert 1206 The @samp{~\ref@{%s@}} is a format string indicating how to insert
1152 references to these labels.@refill 1207 references to these labels.
1153 1208
1154 @noindent 1209 @noindent
1155 The next item indicates how to grab context of the label definition.@refill 1210 The next item indicates how to grab context of the label definition.
1156 @itemize @minus 1211 @itemize @minus
1157 @item 1212 @item
1158 @code{t} means to get it from a default location (from the beginning of 1213 @code{t} means to get it from a default location (from the beginning of
1159 a @code{\macro} or after the @code{\begin} statement). @code{t} is 1214 a @code{\macro} or after the @code{\begin} statement). @code{t} is
1160 @emph{not} a good choice for eqnarray and similar environments.@refill 1215 @emph{not} a good choice for eqnarray and similar environments.
1161 @item 1216 @item
1162 @code{nil} means to use the text right after the label definition.@refill 1217 @code{nil} means to use the text right after the label definition.
1163 @item 1218 @item
1164 For more complex ways of getting context, see the variable 1219 For more complex ways of getting context, see the variable
1165 @code{reftex-label-alist} (@ref{Options (Defining Label 1220 @code{reftex-label-alist} (@ref{Options (Defining Label
1166 Environments)}).@refill 1221 Environments)}).
1167 @end itemize 1222 @end itemize
1168 1223
1169 The following list of strings is used to guess the correct label type 1224 The following list of strings is used to guess the correct label type
1170 from the word before point when creating a reference. E.g. if you 1225 from the word before point when creating a reference. E.g. if you
1171 write: @samp{As we have shown in Theorem} and then press @kbd{C-c )}, 1226 write: @samp{As we have shown in Theorem} and then press @kbd{C-c )},
1172 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that you are looking for a theorem label and 1227 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that you are looking for a theorem label and
1173 restrict the menu to only these labels without even asking.@refill 1228 restrict the menu to only these labels without even asking.
1174 1229
1175 The final item in each entry is the level at which the environment 1230 The final item in each entry is the level at which the environment
1176 should produce entries in the table of context buffer. If the number is 1231 should produce entries in the table of context buffer. If the number is
1177 positive, the environment will produce numbered entries (like 1232 positive, the environment will produce numbered entries (like
1178 @code{\section}), if it is negative the entries will be unnumbered (like 1233 @code{\section}), if it is negative the entries will be unnumbered (like
1179 @code{\section*}). Use this only for environments which structure the 1234 @code{\section*}). Use this only for environments which structure the
1180 document similar to sectioning commands. For everything else, omit the 1235 document similar to sectioning commands. For everything else, omit the
1181 item.@refill 1236 item.
1182 1237
1183 To do the same configuration with @code{customize}, you need to click on 1238 To do the same configuration with @code{customize}, you need to click on
1184 the @code{[INS]} button twice to create two templates and fill them in 1239 the @code{[INS]} button twice to create two templates and fill them in
1185 like this:@refill 1240 like this:
1186 1241
1187 @example 1242 @example
1188 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide] 1243 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide]
1189 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed: 1244 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
1190 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: axiom 1245 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: axiom
1216 Depending on how you would like the label insertion and selection for 1271 Depending on how you would like the label insertion and selection for
1217 the new environments to work, you might want to add the letters @samp{a} 1272 the new environments to work, you might want to add the letters @samp{a}
1218 and @samp{h} to some of the flags in the variables 1273 and @samp{h} to some of the flags in the variables
1219 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating Labels)}) 1274 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating Labels)})
1220 and @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing 1275 and @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing
1221 Labels)}).@refill 1276 Labels)}).
1222 1277
1223 1278
1224 @node Quick Equation, Figure Wrapper, Theorem and Axiom , Defining Label Environments 1279 @node Quick Equation, Figure Wrapper, Theorem and Axiom , Defining Label Environments
1225 @subsection Quick Equation Macro 1280 @subsection Quick Equation Macro
1226 @cindex Quick equation macro 1281 @cindex Quick equation macro
1250 The first element in this list is now the macro with empty braces as an 1305 The first element in this list is now the macro with empty braces as an
1251 @emph{image} of the macro arguments. @code{?e} indicates that this is 1306 @emph{image} of the macro arguments. @code{?e} indicates that this is
1252 an equation label, the different @code{nil} elements indicate to use the 1307 an equation label, the different @code{nil} elements indicate to use the
1253 default values for equations. The @samp{1} as the fifth element 1308 default values for equations. The @samp{1} as the fifth element
1254 indicates that the context of the label definition should be the 1st 1309 indicates that the context of the label definition should be the 1st
1255 argument of the macro.@refill 1310 argument of the macro.
1256 1311
1257 Here is again how this would look in the customization buffer: 1312 Here is again how this would look in the customization buffer:
1258 1313
1259 @example 1314 @example
1260 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide] 1315 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide]
1293 \myfig[htp]@{filename@}@{caption text@}@{label@}@{1@} 1348 \myfig[htp]@{filename@}@{caption text@}@{label@}@{1@}
1294 @end example 1349 @end example
1295 1350
1296 Now we need to tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} that the 4th argument of the 1351 Now we need to tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} that the 4th argument of the
1297 @code{\myfig} macro @emph{is itself} a figure label, and where to find 1352 @code{\myfig} macro @emph{is itself} a figure label, and where to find
1298 the context.@refill 1353 the context.
1299 1354
1300 @lisp 1355 @lisp
1301 (setq reftex-label-alist 1356 (setq reftex-label-alist
1302 '(("\\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}" ?f nil nil 3))) 1357 '(("\\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}" ?f nil nil 3)))
1303 @end lisp 1358 @end lisp
1306 @code{\myfig} macro. The @samp{*} marks the label argument. @code{?f} 1361 @code{\myfig} macro. The @samp{*} marks the label argument. @code{?f}
1307 indicates that this is a figure label which will be listed together with 1362 indicates that this is a figure label which will be listed together with
1308 labels from normal figure environments. The @code{nil} entries for 1363 labels from normal figure environments. The @code{nil} entries for
1309 prefix and reference format mean to use the defaults for figure labels. 1364 prefix and reference format mean to use the defaults for figure labels.
1310 The @samp{3} for the context method means to grab the 3rd macro argument 1365 The @samp{3} for the context method means to grab the 3rd macro argument
1311 - the caption.@refill 1366 - the caption.
1312 1367
1313 As a side effect of this configuration, @code{reftex-label} will now 1368 As a side effect of this configuration, @code{reftex-label} will now
1314 insert the required naked label (without the @code{\label} macro) when 1369 insert the required naked label (without the @code{\label} macro) when
1315 point is directly after the opening parenthesis of a @code{\myfig} macro 1370 point is directly after the opening parenthesis of a @code{\myfig} macro
1316 argument.@refill 1371 argument.
1317 1372
1318 Again, here the configuration in the customization buffer: 1373 Again, here the configuration in the customization buffer:
1319 1374
1320 @example 1375 @example
1321 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed: 1376 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
1339 just change the information associated with a label category. Maybe you 1394 just change the information associated with a label category. Maybe you
1340 want to add some magic words, for another language. Changing only the 1395 want to add some magic words, for another language. Changing only the
1341 information associated with a label category is done by giving 1396 information associated with a label category is done by giving
1342 @code{nil} for the environment name and then specify the items you want 1397 @code{nil} for the environment name and then specify the items you want
1343 to define. Here is an example which adds German magic words to all 1398 to define. Here is an example which adds German magic words to all
1344 predefined label categories.@refill 1399 predefined label categories.
1345 1400
1346 @lisp 1401 @lisp
1347 (setq reftex-label-alist 1402 (setq reftex-label-alist
1348 '((nil ?s nil nil nil ("Kapitel" "Kap." "Abschnitt" "Teil")) 1403 '((nil ?s nil nil nil ("Kapitel" "Kap." "Abschnitt" "Teil"))
1349 (nil ?e nil nil nil ("Gleichung" "Gl.")) 1404 (nil ?e nil nil nil ("Gleichung" "Gl."))
1368 @lisp 1423 @lisp
1369 (setq reftex-label-alist '((nil ?e nil "~\\eqref@{%s@}" nil nil))) 1424 (setq reftex-label-alist '((nil ?e nil "~\\eqref@{%s@}" nil nil)))
1370 @end lisp 1425 @end lisp
1371 1426
1372 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has also a predefined symbol for this special purpose. The 1427 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has also a predefined symbol for this special purpose. The
1373 following is equivalent to the line above.@refill 1428 following is equivalent to the line above.
1374 1429
1375 @lisp 1430 @lisp
1376 (setq reftex-label-alist '(AMSTeX)) 1431 (setq reftex-label-alist '(AMSTeX))
1377 @end lisp 1432 @end lisp
1378 1433
1379 Note that this is automatically done by the @file{amsmath.el} style file 1434 Note that this is automatically done by the @file{amsmath.el} style file
1380 of AUCTeX (@pxref{Style Files}) - so if you use AUCTeX, 1435 of AUCTeX (@pxref{Style Files}) - so if you use AUCTeX,
1381 this configuration will not be necessary.@refill 1436 this configuration will not be necessary.
1382 1437
1383 @node Non-Standard Environments, Putting it Together, Using \eqref, Defining Label Environments 1438 @node Non-Standard Environments, Putting it Together, Using \eqref, Defining Label Environments
1384 @subsection Non-standard Environments 1439 @subsection Non-standard Environments
1385 @cindex Non-standard environments 1440 @cindex Non-standard environments
1386 @cindex Environments without @code{\begin} 1441 @cindex Environments without @code{\begin}
1395 currently in the special environment it was written to detect. If so, 1450 currently in the special environment it was written to detect. If so,
1396 it must return a buffer position indicating the start of this 1451 it must return a buffer position indicating the start of this
1397 environment. The return value must be @code{nil} on failure to detect 1452 environment. The return value must be @code{nil} on failure to detect
1398 the environment. The function is called with one argument @var{bound}. 1453 the environment. The function is called with one argument @var{bound}.
1399 If non-@code{nil}, @var{bound} is a boundary for backwards searches 1454 If non-@code{nil}, @var{bound} is a boundary for backwards searches
1400 which should be observed. We will discuss two examples.@refill 1455 which should be observed. We will discuss two examples.
1401 1456
1402 @cindex LaTeX commands, abbreviated 1457 @cindex LaTeX commands, abbreviated
1403 1458
1404 Some people define abbreviations for 1459 Some people define abbreviations for
1405 environments, like @code{\be} for @code{\begin@{equation@}}, and 1460 environments, like @code{\be} for @code{\begin@{equation@}}, and
1407 to search backward for these macros. When the first match is 1462 to search backward for these macros. When the first match is
1408 @code{\ee}, point is not in this environment. When the first match is 1463 @code{\ee}, point is not in this environment. When the first match is
1409 @code{\be}, point is in this environment and the function must return 1464 @code{\be}, point is in this environment and the function must return
1410 the beginning of the match. To avoid scanning too far, we can also look 1465 the beginning of the match. To avoid scanning too far, we can also look
1411 for empty lines which cannot occur inside an equation environment. 1466 for empty lines which cannot occur inside an equation environment.
1412 Here is the setup:@refill 1467 Here is the setup:
1413 1468
1414 @lisp 1469 @lisp
1415 ;; Setup entry in reftex-label-alist, using all defaults for equations 1470 ;; Setup entry in reftex-label-alist, using all defaults for equations
1416 (setq reftex-label-alist '((detect-be-ee ?e nil nil nil nil))) 1471 (setq reftex-label-alist '((detect-be-ee ?e nil nil nil nil)))
1417 1472
1427 1482
1428 @cindex @code{linguex}, LaTeX package 1483 @cindex @code{linguex}, LaTeX package
1429 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{linguex} 1484 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{linguex}
1430 A more complex example is the @file{linguex.sty} package which defines 1485 A more complex example is the @file{linguex.sty} package which defines
1431 list macros @samp{\ex.}, @samp{\a.}, @samp{\b.} etc. for lists which are 1486 list macros @samp{\ex.}, @samp{\a.}, @samp{\b.} etc. for lists which are
1432 terminated by @samp{\z.} or by an empty line.@refill 1487 terminated by @samp{\z.} or by an empty line.
1433 1488
1434 @example 1489 @example
1435 \ex. \label@{ex:12@} Some text in an exotic language ... 1490 \ex. \label@{ex:12@} Some text in an exotic language ...
1436 \a. \label@{ex:13@} more stuff 1491 \a. \label@{ex:13@} more stuff
1437 \b. \label@{ex:14@} still more stuff 1492 \b. \label@{ex:14@} still more stuff
1517 message. 1572 message.
1518 1573
1519 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the label definition corresponding to a 1574 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the label definition corresponding to a
1520 @code{\ref} macro, or all reference locations corresponding to a 1575 @code{\ref} macro, or all reference locations corresponding to a
1521 @code{\label} macro. @xref{Viewing Cross-References}, for more 1576 @code{\label} macro. @xref{Viewing Cross-References}, for more
1522 information.@refill 1577 information.
1523 1578
1524 @node xr (LaTeX package), varioref (LaTeX package), Reference Info, Labels and References 1579 @node xr (LaTeX package), varioref (LaTeX package), Reference Info, Labels and References
1525 @section @code{xr}: Cross-Document References 1580 @section @code{xr}: Cross-Document References
1526 @cindex @code{xr}, LaTeX package 1581 @cindex @code{xr}, LaTeX package
1527 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{xr} 1582 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{xr}
1530 @cindex References to external documents 1585 @cindex References to external documents
1531 @cindex Cross-document references 1586 @cindex Cross-document references
1532 1587
1533 The LaTeX package @code{xr} makes it possible to create references to 1588 The LaTeX package @code{xr} makes it possible to create references to
1534 labels defined in external documents. The preamble of a document using 1589 labels defined in external documents. The preamble of a document using
1535 @code{xr} will contain something like this:@refill 1590 @code{xr} will contain something like this:
1536 1591
1537 @example 1592 @example
1538 \usepackage@{xr@} 1593 \usepackage@{xr@}
1539 \externaldocument[V1-]@{volume1@} 1594 \externaldocument[V1-]@{volume1@}
1540 \externaldocument[V3-]@{volume3@} 1595 \externaldocument[V3-]@{volume3@}
1541 @end example 1596 @end example
1542 1597
1543 @noindent 1598 @noindent
1544 and we can make references to any labels defined in these 1599 and we can make references to any labels defined in these
1545 external documents by using the prefixes @samp{V1-} and @samp{V3-}, 1600 external documents by using the prefixes @samp{V1-} and @samp{V3-},
1546 respectively.@refill 1601 respectively.
1547 1602
1548 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be used to create such references as well. Start the 1603 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be used to create such references as well. Start the
1549 referencing process normally, by pressing @kbd{C-c )}. Select a label 1604 referencing process normally, by pressing @kbd{C-c )}. Select a label
1550 type if necessary. When you see the label selection buffer, pressing 1605 type if necessary. When you see the label selection buffer, pressing
1551 @kbd{x} will switch to the label selection buffer of one of the external 1606 @kbd{x} will switch to the label selection buffer of one of the external
1552 documents. You may then select a label as before and @b{Ref@TeX{}} will 1607 documents. You may then select a label as before and @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
1553 insert it along with the required prefix.@refill 1608 insert it along with the required prefix.
1554 1609
1555 For this kind of inter-document cross-references, saving of parsing 1610 For this kind of inter-document cross-references, saving of parsing
1556 information and the use of multiple selection buffers can mean a large 1611 information and the use of multiple selection buffers can mean a large
1557 speed-up (@pxref{Optimizations}).@refill 1612 speed-up (@pxref{Optimizations}).
1558 1613
1559 @node varioref (LaTeX package), fancyref (LaTeX package), xr (LaTeX package), Labels and References 1614 @node varioref (LaTeX package), fancyref (LaTeX package), xr (LaTeX package), Labels and References
1560 @section @code{varioref}: Variable Page References 1615 @section @code{varioref}: Variable Page References
1561 @cindex @code{varioref}, LaTeX package 1616 @cindex @code{varioref}, LaTeX package
1562 @cindex @code{\vref} 1617 @cindex @code{\vref}
1570 shows the current status of this switch. If you find that you almost 1625 shows the current status of this switch. If you find that you almost
1571 always use @code{\vref}, you may want to make it the default by 1626 always use @code{\vref}, you may want to make it the default by
1572 customizing the variable @code{reftex-vref-is-default}. If this 1627 customizing the variable @code{reftex-vref-is-default}. If this
1573 toggling seems too inconvenient, you can also use the command 1628 toggling seems too inconvenient, you can also use the command
1574 @code{reftex-varioref-vref}@footnote{bind it to @kbd{C-c v}.}. 1629 @code{reftex-varioref-vref}@footnote{bind it to @kbd{C-c v}.}.
1575 Or use AUCTeX to create your macros (@pxref{AUCTeX}).@refill 1630 Or use AUCTeX to create your macros (@pxref{AUCTeX}).
1576 1631
1577 @node fancyref (LaTeX package), , varioref (LaTeX package), Labels and References 1632 @node fancyref (LaTeX package), , varioref (LaTeX package), Labels and References
1578 @section @code{fancyref}: Fancy Cross References 1633 @section @code{fancyref}: Fancy Cross References
1579 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package 1634 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package
1580 @cindex @code{\fref} 1635 @cindex @code{\fref}
1592 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}). The mode line of the selection buffer 1647 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}). The mode line of the selection buffer
1593 shows the current status of this switch. If this cycling seems 1648 shows the current status of this switch. If this cycling seems
1594 inconvenient, you can also use the commands @code{reftex-fancyref-fref} 1649 inconvenient, you can also use the commands @code{reftex-fancyref-fref}
1595 and @code{reftex-fancyref-Fref}@footnote{bind them to @kbd{C-c 1650 and @code{reftex-fancyref-Fref}@footnote{bind them to @kbd{C-c
1596 f} and @kbd{C-c F}.}. Or use AUCTeX to create your macros 1651 f} and @kbd{C-c F}.}. Or use AUCTeX to create your macros
1597 (@pxref{AUCTeX}).@refill 1652 (@pxref{AUCTeX}).
1598 1653
1599 @node Citations, Index Support, Labels and References, Top 1654 @node Citations, Index Support, Labels and References, Top
1600 @chapter Citations 1655 @chapter Citations
1601 @cindex Citations 1656 @cindex Citations
1602 @cindex @code{\cite} 1657 @cindex @code{\cite}
1603 1658
1604 Citations in LaTeX are done with the @code{\cite} macro or variations of 1659 Citations in LaTeX are done with the @code{\cite} macro or variations of
1605 it. The argument of the macro is a citation key which identifies an 1660 it. The argument of the macro is a citation key which identifies an
1606 article or book in either a BibTeX database file or in an explicit 1661 article or book in either a BibTeX database file or in an explicit
1607 @code{thebibliography} environment in the document. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s 1662 @code{thebibliography} environment in the document. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s
1608 support for citations helps to select the correct key quickly.@refill 1663 support for citations helps to select the correct key quickly.
1609 1664
1610 @menu 1665 @menu
1611 * Creating Citations:: How to create them. 1666 * Creating Citations:: How to create them.
1612 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co. 1667 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co.
1613 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry. 1668 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry.
1614 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document. 1669 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document.
1615 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc. 1670 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc.
1671 * BibTeX Database Subsets:: Extract parts of a big database.
1616 @end menu 1672 @end menu
1617 1673
1618 @node Creating Citations, Citation Styles, , Citations 1674 @node Creating Citations, Citation Styles, , Citations
1619 @section Creating Citations 1675 @section Creating Citations
1620 @cindex Creating citations 1676 @cindex Creating citations
1626 1682
1627 In order to create a citation, press @kbd{C-c [}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} then 1683 In order to create a citation, press @kbd{C-c [}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} then
1628 prompts for a regular expression which will be used to search through 1684 prompts for a regular expression which will be used to search through
1629 the database and present the list of matches to choose from in a 1685 the database and present the list of matches to choose from in a
1630 selection process similar to that for selecting labels 1686 selection process similar to that for selecting labels
1631 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill 1687 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).
1632 1688
1633 The regular expression uses an extended syntax: @samp{&&} defines a 1689 The regular expression uses an extended syntax: @samp{&&} defines a
1634 logic @code{and} for regular expressions. For example 1690 logic @code{and} for regular expressions. For example
1635 @samp{Einstein&&Bose} will match all articles which mention 1691 @samp{Einstein&&Bose} will match all articles which mention
1636 Bose-Einstein condensation, or which are co-authored by Bose and 1692 Bose-Einstein condensation, or which are co-authored by Bose and
1637 Einstein. When entering the regular expression, you can complete on 1693 Einstein. When entering the regular expression, you can complete on
1638 known citation keys. RefTeX also offers a default when prompting for a 1694 known citation keys. RefTeX also offers a default when prompting for a
1639 regular expression. This default is the word before the cursor or the 1695 regular expression. This default is the word before the cursor or the
1640 word before the current @samp{\cite} command. Sometimes this may be a 1696 word before the current @samp{\cite} command. Sometimes this may be a
1641 good search key.@refill 1697 good search key.
1642 1698
1643 @cindex @code{\bibliography} 1699 @cindex @code{\bibliography}
1644 @cindex @code{thebibliography}, LaTeX environment 1700 @cindex @code{thebibliography}, LaTeX environment
1645 @cindex @code{BIBINPUTS}, environment variable 1701 @cindex @code{BIBINPUTS}, environment variable
1646 @cindex @code{TEXBIB}, environment variable 1702 @cindex @code{TEXBIB}, environment variable
1651 If you do not use BibTeX, but the document contains an explicit 1707 If you do not use BibTeX, but the document contains an explicit
1652 @code{thebibliography} environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will collect its 1708 @code{thebibliography} environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will collect its
1653 information from there. Note that in this case the information 1709 information from there. Note that in this case the information
1654 presented in the selection buffer will just be a copy of relevant 1710 presented in the selection buffer will just be a copy of relevant
1655 @code{\bibitem} entries, not the structured listing available with 1711 @code{\bibitem} entries, not the structured listing available with
1656 BibTeX database files.@refill 1712 BibTeX database files.
1657 1713
1658 @kindex ? 1714 @kindex ?
1659 In the selection buffer, the following keys provide special commands. A 1715 In the selection buffer, the following keys provide special commands. A
1660 summary of this information is always available from the selection 1716 summary of this information is always available from the selection
1661 process by pressing @kbd{?}.@refill 1717 process by pressing @kbd{?}.
1662 1718
1663 @table @kbd 1719 @table @kbd
1664 @tablesubheading{General} 1720 @tablesubheading{General}
1665 @item ? 1721 @item ?
1666 Show a summary of available commands. 1722 Show a summary of available commands.
1676 Go to previous article. 1732 Go to previous article.
1677 1733
1678 @tablesubheading{Access to full database entries} 1734 @tablesubheading{Access to full database entries}
1679 @item @key{SPC} 1735 @item @key{SPC}
1680 Show the database entry corresponding to the article at point, in 1736 Show the database entry corresponding to the article at point, in
1681 another window. See also the @kbd{f} key.@refill 1737 another window. See also the @kbd{f} key.
1682 1738
1683 @item f 1739 @item f
1684 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will 1740 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
1685 always display the full database entry of the current article. This is 1741 always display the full database entry of the current article. This is
1686 equivalent to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. With BibTeX 1742 equivalent to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. With BibTeX
1687 entries, follow mode can be rather slow.@refill 1743 entries, follow mode can be rather slow.
1688 1744
1689 @tablesubheading{Selecting entries and creating the citation} 1745 @tablesubheading{Selecting entries and creating the citation}
1690 @item @key{RET} 1746 @item @key{RET}
1691 Insert a citation referencing the article at point into the buffer from 1747 Insert a citation referencing the article at point into the buffer from
1692 which the selection process was started.@refill 1748 which the selection process was started.
1693 1749
1694 @item mouse-2 1750 @item mouse-2
1695 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection 1751 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
1696 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a citation will accept it like @key{RET} 1752 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a citation will accept it like @key{RET}
1697 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options 1753 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
1698 (Misc)}.@refill 1754 (Misc)}.
1699 1755
1700 @item m 1756 @item m
1701 Mark the current entry. When one or several entries are marked, 1757 Mark the current entry. When one or several entries are marked,
1702 pressing @kbd{a} or @kbd{A} accepts all marked entries. Also, 1758 pressing @kbd{a} or @kbd{A} accepts all marked entries. Also,
1703 @key{RET} behaves like the @kbd{a} key. 1759 @key{RET} behaves like the @kbd{a} key.
1705 @item u 1761 @item u
1706 Unmark a marked entry. 1762 Unmark a marked entry.
1707 1763
1708 @item a 1764 @item a
1709 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a single 1765 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a single
1710 @code{\cite} macro referring to them.@refill 1766 @code{\cite} macro referring to them.
1711 1767
1712 @item A 1768 @item A
1713 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a 1769 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a
1714 separate @code{\cite} macro for each of it.@refill 1770 separate @code{\cite} macro for each of it.
1771
1772 @item e
1773 Create a new BibTeX database file which contains all @i{marked} entries
1774 in the selection buffer. If no entries are marked, all entries are
1775 selected.
1776
1777 @item E
1778 Create a new BibTeX database file which contains all @i{unmarked}
1779 entries in the selection buffer. If no entries are marked, all entries
1780 are selected.
1715 1781
1716 @item @key{TAB} 1782 @item @key{TAB}
1717 Enter a citation key with completion. This may also be a key which does 1783 Enter a citation key with completion. This may also be a key which does
1718 not yet exist. 1784 not yet exist.
1719 1785
1720 @item . 1786 @item .
1721 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you 1787 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you
1722 called @code{reftex-citation}.@refill 1788 called @code{reftex-citation}.
1723 1789
1724 @tablesubheading{Exiting} 1790 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
1725 @item q 1791 @item q
1726 Exit the selection process without inserting a citation into the 1792 Exit the selection process without inserting a citation into the
1727 buffer.@refill 1793 buffer.
1728 1794
1729 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer} 1795 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
1730 1796
1731 @item g 1797 @item g
1732 Start over with a new regular expression. The full database will be 1798 Start over with a new regular expression. The full database will be
1733 rescanned with the new expression (see also @kbd{r}).@refill 1799 rescanned with the new expression (see also @kbd{r}).
1734 1800
1735 @c FIXME: Should we use something else here? r is usually rescan! 1801 @c FIXME: Should we use something else here? r is usually rescan!
1736 @item r 1802 @item r
1737 Refine the current selection with another regular expression. This will 1803 Refine the current selection with another regular expression. This will
1738 @emph{not} rescan the entire database, but just the already selected 1804 @emph{not} rescan the entire database, but just the already selected
1739 entries.@refill 1805 entries.
1740 1806
1741 @end table 1807 @end table
1742 1808
1743 @vindex reftex-select-bib-map 1809 @vindex reftex-select-bib-map
1744 In order to define additional commands for this selection process, the 1810 In order to define additional commands for this selection process, the
1745 keymap @code{reftex-select-bib-map} may be used.@refill 1811 keymap @code{reftex-select-bib-map} may be used.
1746 1812
1747 @node Citation Styles, Citation Info, Creating Citations, Citations 1813 @node Citation Styles, Citation Info, Creating Citations, Citations
1748 @section Citation Styles 1814 @section Citation Styles
1749 @cindex Citation styles 1815 @cindex Citation styles
1750 @cindex Citation styles, @code{natbib} 1816 @cindex Citation styles, @code{natbib}
1751 @cindex Citation styles, @code{harvard} 1817 @cindex Citation styles, @code{harvard}
1752 @cindex Citation styles, @code{chicago} 1818 @cindex Citation styles, @code{chicago}
1819 @cindex Citation styles, @code{jurabib}
1753 @cindex @code{natbib}, citation style 1820 @cindex @code{natbib}, citation style
1754 @cindex @code{harvard}, citation style 1821 @cindex @code{harvard}, citation style
1755 @cindex @code{chicago}, citation style 1822 @cindex @code{chicago}, citation style
1823 @cindex @code{jurabib}, citation style
1756 1824
1757 @vindex reftex-cite-format 1825 @vindex reftex-cite-format
1758 The standard LaTeX macro @code{\cite} works well with numeric or simple 1826 The standard LaTeX macro @code{\cite} works well with numeric or simple
1759 key citations. To deal with the more complex task of author-year 1827 key citations. To deal with the more complex task of author-year
1760 citations as used in many natural sciences, a variety of packages has 1828 citations as used in many natural sciences, a variety of packages has
1761 been developed which define derived forms of the @code{\cite} macro. 1829 been developed which define derived forms of the @code{\cite} macro.
1762 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured to produce these citation macros as well by 1830 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured to produce these citation macros as well
1763 setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. For the most commonly 1831 by setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. For the most
1764 used packages (@code{natbib}, @code{harvard}, @code{chicago}) this may 1832 commonly used packages (@code{natbib}, @code{harvard}, @code{chicago},
1765 be done from the menu, under @code{Ref->Citation Styles}. Since there 1833 @code{jurabib}) this may be done from the menu, under
1766 are usually several macros to create the citations, executing 1834 @code{Ref->Citation Styles}. Since there are usually several macros to
1767 @code{reftex-citation} (@kbd{C-c [}) starts by prompting for the correct 1835 create the citations, executing @code{reftex-citation} (@kbd{C-c [})
1768 macro. For the Natbib style, this looks like this: 1836 starts by prompting for the correct macro. For the Natbib style, this
1837 looks like this:
1769 1838
1770 @example 1839 @example
1771 SELECT A CITATION FORMAT 1840 SELECT A CITATION FORMAT
1772 1841
1773 [^M] \cite@{%l@} 1842 [^M] \cite@{%l@}
1780 [a] \citeauthor@{%l@} 1849 [a] \citeauthor@{%l@}
1781 [A] \citeauthor*@{%l@} 1850 [A] \citeauthor*@{%l@}
1782 [y] \citeyear@{%l@} 1851 [y] \citeyear@{%l@}
1783 @end example 1852 @end example
1784 1853
1854 @vindex reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args
1855 If cite formats contain empty paris of square brackets, RefTeX can
1856 will prompt for values of these optional arguments if you call the
1857 @code{reftex-citation} command with a @kbd{C-u} prefix.
1785 Following the most generic of these packages, @code{natbib}, the builtin 1858 Following the most generic of these packages, @code{natbib}, the builtin
1786 citation packages always accept the @kbd{t} key for a @emph{textual} 1859 citation packages always accept the @kbd{t} key for a @emph{textual}
1787 citation (like: @code{Jones et al. (1997) have shown...}) as well as 1860 citation (like: @code{Jones et al. (1997) have shown...}) as well as
1788 the @kbd{p} key for a parenthetical citation (like: @code{As shown 1861 the @kbd{p} key for a parenthetical citation (like: @code{As shown
1789 earlier (Jones et al, 1997)}).@refill 1862 earlier (Jones et al, 1997)}).
1790 1863
1791 To make one of these styles the default, customize the variable 1864 To make one of these styles the default, customize the variable
1792 @code{reftex-cite-format} or put into @file{.emacs}: 1865 @code{reftex-cite-format} or put into @file{.emacs}:
1793 1866
1794 @lisp 1867 @lisp
1796 @end lisp 1869 @end lisp
1797 1870
1798 You can also use AUCTeX style files to automatically set the 1871 You can also use AUCTeX style files to automatically set the
1799 citation style based on the @code{usepackage} commands in a given 1872 citation style based on the @code{usepackage} commands in a given
1800 document. @xref{Style Files}, for information on how to set up the style 1873 document. @xref{Style Files}, for information on how to set up the style
1801 files correctly.@refill 1874 files correctly.
1802 1875
1803 @node Citation Info, Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citation Styles, Citations, Top 1876 @node Citation Info, Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citation Styles, Citations, Top
1804 @section Citation Info 1877 @section Citation Info
1805 @cindex Displaying citations 1878 @cindex Displaying citations
1806 @cindex Citations, displaying 1879 @cindex Citations, displaying
1817 only displayed if the echo area is not occupied by a different message. 1890 only displayed if the echo area is not occupied by a different message.
1818 1891
1819 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database 1892 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database
1820 entry corresponding to a @code{\cite} macro, or all citation locations 1893 entry corresponding to a @code{\cite} macro, or all citation locations
1821 corresponding to a @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database entry. 1894 corresponding to a @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database entry.
1822 @xref{Viewing Cross-References}.@refill 1895 @xref{Viewing Cross-References}.
1823 1896
1824 @node Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations Outside LaTeX, Citation Info, Citations 1897 @node Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations Outside LaTeX, Citation Info, Citations
1825 @section Chapterbib and Bibunits 1898 @section Chapterbib and Bibunits
1826 @cindex @code{chapterbib}, LaTeX package 1899 @cindex @code{chapterbib}, LaTeX package
1827 @cindex @code{bibunits}, LaTeX package 1900 @cindex @code{bibunits}, LaTeX package
1834 separate file (as it is required for @code{chapterbib} anyway). Then 1907 separate file (as it is required for @code{chapterbib} anyway). Then
1835 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will still scan the locally relevant databases correctly. If 1908 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will still scan the locally relevant databases correctly. If
1836 you have multiple bibliographies within a @emph{single file}, this may 1909 you have multiple bibliographies within a @emph{single file}, this may
1837 or may not be the case. 1910 or may not be the case.
1838 1911
1839 @node Citations Outside LaTeX, , Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations 1912 @node Citations Outside LaTeX, BibTeX Database Subsets, Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations
1840 @section Citations outside LaTeX 1913 @section Citations outside LaTeX
1841 @cindex Citations outside LaTeX 1914 @cindex Citations outside LaTeX
1842 @vindex reftex-default-bibliography 1915 @vindex reftex-default-bibliography
1843 1916
1844 The command @code{reftex-citation} can also be executed outside a LaTeX 1917 The command @code{reftex-citation} can also be executed outside a LaTeX
1848 case be taken from the variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}. 1921 case be taken from the variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}.
1849 Setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} to the symbol 1922 Setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} to the symbol
1850 @code{locally} does a decent job of putting all relevant information 1923 @code{locally} does a decent job of putting all relevant information
1851 about a citation directly into the buffer. Here is the lisp code to add 1924 about a citation directly into the buffer. Here is the lisp code to add
1852 the @kbd{C-c [} binding to the mail buffer. It also provides a local 1925 the @kbd{C-c [} binding to the mail buffer. It also provides a local
1853 binding for @code{reftex-cite-format}.@refill 1926 binding for @code{reftex-cite-format}.
1854 1927
1855 @lisp 1928 @lisp
1856 (add-hook 'mail-setup-hook 1929 (add-hook 'mail-setup-hook
1857 (lambda () (define-key mail-mode-map "\C-c[" 1930 (lambda () (define-key mail-mode-map "\C-c["
1858 (lambda () (interactive) 1931 (lambda () (interactive)
1859 (require 'reftex) 1932 (require 'reftex)
1860 (let ((reftex-cite-format 'locally)) 1933 (let ((reftex-cite-format 'locally))
1861 (reftex-citation)))))) 1934 (reftex-citation))))))
1862 @end lisp 1935 @end lisp
1863 1936
1937 @node BibTeX Database Subsets, , Citations Outside LaTeX, Citations
1938 @section Database Subsets
1939 @cindex BibTeX database subsets
1940 @findex reftex-create-bibtex-file
1941
1942 @b{Ref@TeX{}} offers two ways to create a new BibTeX database file.
1943
1944 The first option produces a file which contains only the entries
1945 actually referenced in the current document. This can be useful if
1946 the database in only meant for a single document and you want to clean
1947 it of old and unused ballast. It can also be useful while writing a
1948 document together with collaborators, in order to avoid sending around
1949 the entire (possibly very large) database. To create the file, use
1950 @kbd{M-x reftex-create-bibtex-file}, also available from the menu
1951 under @code{Ref->Global Actions->Create Bibtex File}. The command will
1952 prompt for a BibTeX file name and write the extracted entries to that
1953 file.
1954
1955 The second option makes use of the selection process started by the
1956 command @kbd{C-c [} (@pxref{Creating Citations}). This command uses a
1957 regular expression to select entries, and lists them in a formatted
1958 selection buffer. After pressing the @kbd{e} key (mnemonics: Export),
1959 the command will prompt for the name of a new BibTeX file and write
1960 the selected entries to that file. You can also first mark some
1961 entries in the selection buffer with the @kbd{m} key and then export
1962 either the @i{marked} entries (with the @kbd{e} key) or the
1963 @i{unmarked} entries (with the @kbd{E} key).
1964
1864 @node Index Support, Viewing Cross-References, Citations, Top 1965 @node Index Support, Viewing Cross-References, Citations, Top
1865 @chapter Index Support 1966 @chapter Index Support
1866 @cindex Index Support 1967 @cindex Index Support
1867 @cindex @code{\index} 1968 @cindex @code{\index}
1868 1969
1873 1974
1874 Index entries are created with the @code{\index@{@var{entry}@}} macro. 1975 Index entries are created with the @code{\index@{@var{entry}@}} macro.
1875 All entries defined in a document are written out to the @file{.aux} 1976 All entries defined in a document are written out to the @file{.aux}
1876 file. A separate tool must be used to convert this information into a 1977 file. A separate tool must be used to convert this information into a
1877 nicely formatted index. Tools used with LaTeX include @code{MakeIndex} 1978 nicely formatted index. Tools used with LaTeX include @code{MakeIndex}
1878 and @code{xindy}.@refill 1979 and @code{xindy}.
1879 1980
1880 Indexing is a very difficult task. It must follow strict conventions to 1981 Indexing is a very difficult task. It must follow strict conventions to
1881 make the index consistent and complete. There are basically two 1982 make the index consistent and complete. There are basically two
1882 approaches one can follow, and both have their merits. 1983 approaches one can follow, and both have their merits.
1883 1984
1891 very well be developed along with the document. Often it is worthwhile 1992 very well be developed along with the document. Often it is worthwhile
1892 to define special purpose macros which define an item and at the same 1993 to define special purpose macros which define an item and at the same
1893 time make an index entry, possibly with special formatting to make the 1994 time make an index entry, possibly with special formatting to make the
1894 reference page in the index bold or underlined. To make @b{Ref@TeX{}} 1995 reference page in the index bold or underlined. To make @b{Ref@TeX{}}
1895 support for indexing possible, these special macros must be added to 1996 support for indexing possible, these special macros must be added to
1896 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}).@refill 1997 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}).
1897 1998
1898 @item 1999 @item
1899 The rest of the index is often just a collection of where in the 2000 The rest of the index is often just a collection of where in the
1900 document certain words or phrases are being used. This part is 2001 document certain words or phrases are being used. This part is
1901 difficult to develop along with the document, because consistent entries 2002 difficult to develop along with the document, because consistent entries
1902 for each occurrence are needed and are best selected when the document 2003 for each occurrence are needed and are best selected when the document
1903 is ready. @b{Ref@TeX{}} supports this with an @emph{index phrases file} 2004 is ready. @b{Ref@TeX{}} supports this with an @emph{index phrases file}
1904 which collects phrases and helps indexing the phrases globally.@refill 2005 which collects phrases and helps indexing the phrases globally.
1905 @end enumerate 2006 @end enumerate
1906 2007
1907 Before you start, you need to make sure that @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about 2008 Before you start, you need to make sure that @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about
1908 the index style being used in the current document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has 2009 the index style being used in the current document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has
1909 builtin support for the default @code{\index} and @code{\glossary} 2010 builtin support for the default @code{\index} and @code{\glossary}
1911 package, redefine the @code{\index} macro to have an additional 2012 package, redefine the @code{\index} macro to have an additional
1912 argument, and @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured for those. A 2013 argument, and @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured for those. A
1913 sufficiently new version of AUCTeX (9.10c or later) will do this 2014 sufficiently new version of AUCTeX (9.10c or later) will do this
1914 automatically. If you really don't use AUCTeX (you should!), this 2015 automatically. If you really don't use AUCTeX (you should!), this
1915 configuration needs to be done by hand with the menu (@code{Ref->Index 2016 configuration needs to be done by hand with the menu (@code{Ref->Index
1916 Style}), or globally for all your documents with@refill 2017 Style}), or globally for all your documents with
1917 2018
1918 @lisp 2019 @lisp
1919 (setq reftex-index-macros '(multind)) @r{or} 2020 (setq reftex-index-macros '(multind)) @r{or}
1920 (setq reftex-index-macros '(index)) 2021 (setq reftex-index-macros '(index))
1921 @end lisp 2022 @end lisp
1955 (@code{reftex-index}). @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for one of the 2056 (@code{reftex-index}). @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for one of the
1956 available index macros and for its arguments. Completion will be 2057 available index macros and for its arguments. Completion will be
1957 available for the index entry and, if applicable, the index tag. The 2058 available for the index entry and, if applicable, the index tag. The
1958 index tag is a string identifying one of multiple indices. With the 2059 index tag is a string identifying one of multiple indices. With the
1959 @file{multind} and @file{index} packages, this tag is the first argument 2060 @file{multind} and @file{index} packages, this tag is the first argument
1960 to the redefined @code{\index} macro.@refill 2061 to the redefined @code{\index} macro.
1961 2062
1962 @node The Index Phrases File, Displaying and Editing the Index, Creating Index Entries, Index Support 2063 @node The Index Phrases File, Displaying and Editing the Index, Creating Index Entries, Index Support
1963 @section The Index Phrases File 2064 @section The Index Phrases File
1964 @cindex Index phrase file 2065 @cindex Index phrase file
1965 @cindex Phrase file 2066 @cindex Phrase file
1975 is initialized by inserting a file header which contains the definition 2076 is initialized by inserting a file header which contains the definition
1976 of the available index macros. This list is initialized from 2077 of the available index macros. This list is initialized from
1977 @code{reftex-index-macros} (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}). You can 2078 @code{reftex-index-macros} (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}). You can
1978 edit the header as needed, but if you define new LaTeX indexing macros, 2079 edit the header as needed, but if you define new LaTeX indexing macros,
1979 don't forget to add them to @code{reftex-index-macros} as well. Here is 2080 don't forget to add them to @code{reftex-index-macros} as well. Here is
1980 a phrase file header example:@refill 2081 a phrase file header example:
1981 2082
1982 @example 2083 @example
1983 % -*- mode: reftex-index-phrases -*- 2084 % -*- mode: reftex-index-phrases -*-
1984 % Key Macro Format Repeat 2085 % Key Macro Format Repeat
1985 %---------------------------------------------------------- 2086 %----------------------------------------------------------
1997 indicates if @var{word} is indexed by the macro as 2098 indicates if @var{word} is indexed by the macro as
1998 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}} (@var{repeat} = @code{nil}) or as 2099 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}} (@var{repeat} = @code{nil}) or as
1999 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}@var{word}} (@var{repeat} = @code{t}). In the 2100 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}@var{word}} (@var{repeat} = @code{t}). In the
2000 above example it is assumed that the macro @code{\index*@{@var{word}@}} 2101 above example it is assumed that the macro @code{\index*@{@var{word}@}}
2001 already typesets its argument in the text, so that it is unnecessary to 2102 already typesets its argument in the text, so that it is unnecessary to
2002 repeat @var{word} outside the macro.@refill 2103 repeat @var{word} outside the macro.
2003 2104
2004 @menu 2105 @menu
2005 * Collecting Phrases:: Collecting from document or external. 2106 * Collecting Phrases:: Collecting from document or external.
2006 * Consistency Checks:: Check for duplicates etc. 2107 * Consistency Checks:: Check for duplicates etc.
2007 * Global Indexing:: The interactive indexing process. 2108 * Global Indexing:: The interactive indexing process.
2047 }@footnote{@samp{&&} with optional spaces, see 2148 }@footnote{@samp{&&} with optional spaces, see
2048 @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-and-regexp}.}. If you want to be 2149 @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-and-regexp}.}. If you want to be
2049 able to choose at each match between several different index arguments, 2150 able to choose at each match between several different index arguments,
2050 separate them with @samp{ || }@footnote{@samp{||} with optional spaces, 2151 separate them with @samp{ || }@footnote{@samp{||} with optional spaces,
2051 see @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.}. Here is an 2152 see @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.}. Here is an
2052 example:@refill 2153 example:
2053 2154
2054 @example 2155 @example
2055 %-------------------------------------------------------------------- 2156 %--------------------------------------------------------------------
2056 I Sun 2157 I Sun
2057 i Planet Planets 2158 i Planet Planets
2069 macro definition in the file header (see above example). At each 2170 macro definition in the file header (see above example). At each
2070 occurrence of @samp{Mars} you will be able choose between indexing it as 2171 occurrence of @samp{Mars} you will be able choose between indexing it as
2071 a subitem of @samp{Planets}, @samp{Gods} or @samp{Chocolate Bars}. 2172 a subitem of @samp{Planets}, @samp{Gods} or @samp{Chocolate Bars}.
2072 Finally, every occurrence of @samp{Pluto} will be indexed as 2173 Finally, every occurrence of @samp{Pluto} will be indexed as
2073 @samp{\index@{Planets!Pluto@}\index@{Kuiper Belt Objects!Pluto@}Pluto} 2174 @samp{\index@{Planets!Pluto@}\index@{Kuiper Belt Objects!Pluto@}Pluto}
2074 and will therefore create two different index entries.@refill 2175 and will therefore create two different index entries.
2075 2176
2076 @node Consistency Checks, Global Indexing, Collecting Phrases, The Index Phrases File 2177 @node Consistency Checks, Global Indexing, Collecting Phrases, The Index Phrases File
2077 @subsection Consistency Checks 2178 @subsection Consistency Checks
2078 @cindex Index phrases, consistency checks 2179 @cindex Index phrases, consistency checks
2079 @cindex Phrases, consistency checks 2180 @cindex Phrases, consistency checks
2085 alphabetically - this is done with the command @kbd{C-c C-s} 2186 alphabetically - this is done with the command @kbd{C-c C-s}
2086 (@code{reftex-index-sort-phrases}). It will sort all phrases in the 2187 (@code{reftex-index-sort-phrases}). It will sort all phrases in the
2087 buffer alphabetically by search phrase. If you want to group certain 2188 buffer alphabetically by search phrase. If you want to group certain
2088 phrases and only sort within the groups, insert empty lines between the 2189 phrases and only sort within the groups, insert empty lines between the
2089 groups. Sorting will only change the sequence of phrases within each 2190 groups. Sorting will only change the sequence of phrases within each
2090 group (see the variable @code{reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks}).@refill 2191 group (see the variable @code{reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks}).
2091 2192
2092 @kindex C-c C-i 2193 @kindex C-c C-i
2093 A useful command is @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{reftex-index-phrases-info}) 2194 A useful command is @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{reftex-index-phrases-info})
2094 which lists information about the phrase at point, including an example 2195 which lists information about the phrase at point, including an example
2095 of how the index entry will look like and the number of expected matches 2196 of how the index entry will look like and the number of expected matches
2096 in the document.@refill 2197 in the document.
2097 2198
2098 @kindex C-c C-t 2199 @kindex C-c C-t
2099 Another important check is to find out if there are double or 2200 Another important check is to find out if there are double or
2100 overlapping entries in the buffer. For example if you are first 2201 overlapping entries in the buffer. For example if you are first
2101 searching and indexing @samp{Mars} and then @samp{Planet Mars}, the 2202 searching and indexing @samp{Mars} and then @samp{Planet Mars}, the
2102 second phrase will not match because of the index macro inserted before 2203 second phrase will not match because of the index macro inserted before
2103 @samp{Mars} earlier. The command @kbd{C-c C-t} 2204 @samp{Mars} earlier. The command @kbd{C-c C-t}
2104 (@code{reftex-index-find-next-conflict-phrase}) finds the next phrase in 2205 (@code{reftex-index-find-next-conflict-phrase}) finds the next phrase in
2105 the buffer which is either duplicate or a subphrase of another phrase. 2206 the buffer which is either duplicate or a subphrase of another phrase.
2106 In order to check the whole buffer like this, start at the beginning and 2207 In order to check the whole buffer like this, start at the beginning and
2107 execute this command repeatedly.@refill 2208 execute this command repeatedly.
2108 2209
2109 @node Global Indexing, , Consistency Checks, The Index Phrases File 2210 @node Global Indexing, , Consistency Checks, The Index Phrases File
2110 @subsection Global Indexing 2211 @subsection Global Indexing
2111 @cindex Global indexing 2212 @cindex Global indexing
2112 @cindex Indexing, global 2213 @cindex Indexing, global
2117 finished document. Global indexing starts from the phrases buffer. 2218 finished document. Global indexing starts from the phrases buffer.
2118 There are several commands which start indexing: @kbd{C-c C-x} acts on 2219 There are several commands which start indexing: @kbd{C-c C-x} acts on
2119 the current phrase line, @kbd{C-c C-r} on all lines in the current 2220 the current phrase line, @kbd{C-c C-r} on all lines in the current
2120 region and @kbd{C-c C-a} on all phrase lines in the buffer. It is 2221 region and @kbd{C-c C-a} on all phrase lines in the buffer. It is
2121 probably good to do indexing in small chunks since your concentration 2222 probably good to do indexing in small chunks since your concentration
2122 may not last long enough to do everything in one go.@refill 2223 may not last long enough to do everything in one go.
2123 2224
2124 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will start at the first phrase line and search the phrase 2225 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will start at the first phrase line and search the phrase
2125 globally in the whole document. At each match it will stop, compute the 2226 globally in the whole document. At each match it will stop, compute the
2126 replacement string and offer you the following choices@footnote{Windows 2227 replacement string and offer you the following choices@footnote{Windows
2127 users: Restrict yourself to the described keys during indexing. Pressing 2228 users: Restrict yourself to the described keys during indexing. Pressing
2128 @key{Help} at the indexing prompt can apparently hang Emacs.}:@refill 2229 @key{Help} at the indexing prompt can apparently hang Emacs.}:
2129 2230
2130 @table @kbd 2231 @table @kbd
2131 @item y 2232 @item y
2132 Replace this match with the proposed string. 2233 Replace this match with the proposed string.
2133 @item n 2234 @item n
2175 When this is on, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will at each match try to figure out if 2276 When this is on, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will at each match try to figure out if
2176 this match is already indexed. A match is considered indexed if it is 2277 this match is already indexed. A match is considered indexed if it is
2177 either the argument of an index macro, or if an index macro is directly 2278 either the argument of an index macro, or if an index macro is directly
2178 (without whitespace separation) before or after the match. Index macros 2279 (without whitespace separation) before or after the match. Index macros
2179 are those configured in @code{reftex-index-macros}. Intended for 2280 are those configured in @code{reftex-index-macros}. Intended for
2180 re-indexing a documents after changes have been made.@refill 2281 re-indexing a documents after changes have been made.
2181 @end table 2282 @end table
2182 2283
2183 Even though indexing should be the last thing you do to a document, you 2284 Even though indexing should be the last thing you do to a document, you
2184 are bound to make changes afterwards. Indexing then has to be applied 2285 are bound to make changes afterwards. Indexing then has to be applied
2185 to the changed regions. The command 2286 to the changed regions. The command
2186 @code{reftex-index-phrases-apply-to-region} is designed for this 2287 @code{reftex-index-phrases-apply-to-region} is designed for this
2187 purpose. When called from a LaTeX document with active region, it will 2288 purpose. When called from a LaTeX document with active region, it will
2188 apply @code{reftex-index-all-phrases} to the current region.@refill 2289 apply @code{reftex-index-all-phrases} to the current region.
2189 2290
2190 @node Displaying and Editing the Index, Builtin Index Macros, The Index Phrases File, Index Support 2291 @node Displaying and Editing the Index, Builtin Index Macros, The Index Phrases File, Index Support
2191 @section Displaying and Editing the Index 2292 @section Displaying and Editing the Index
2192 @cindex Displaying the Index 2293 @cindex Displaying the Index
2193 @cindex Editing the Index 2294 @cindex Editing the Index
2199 2300
2200 In order to compile and display the index, press @kbd{C-c >}. If the 2301 In order to compile and display the index, press @kbd{C-c >}. If the
2201 document uses multiple indices, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask you to select 2302 document uses multiple indices, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask you to select
2202 one. Then, all index entries will be sorted alphabetically and 2303 one. Then, all index entries will be sorted alphabetically and
2203 displayed in a special buffer, the @file{*Index*} buffer. From that 2304 displayed in a special buffer, the @file{*Index*} buffer. From that
2204 buffer you can check and edit each entry.@refill 2305 buffer you can check and edit each entry.
2205 2306
2206 The index can be restricted to the current section or the region. Then 2307 The index can be restricted to the current section or the region. Then
2207 only entries in that part of the document will go into the compiled 2308 only entries in that part of the document will go into the compiled
2208 index. To restrict to the current section, use a numeric prefix 2309 index. To restrict to the current section, use a numeric prefix
2209 @samp{2}, thus press @kbd{C-u 2 C-c >}. To restrict to the current 2310 @samp{2}, thus press @kbd{C-u 2 C-c >}. To restrict to the current
2210 region, make the region active and use a numeric prefix @samp{3} (press 2311 region, make the region active and use a numeric prefix @samp{3} (press
2211 @kbd{C-u 3 C-c >}). From within the @file{*Index*} buffer the 2312 @kbd{C-u 3 C-c >}). From within the @file{*Index*} buffer the
2212 restriction can be moved from one section to the next by pressing the 2313 restriction can be moved from one section to the next by pressing the
2213 @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys.@refill 2314 @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys.
2214 2315
2215 One caveat: @b{Ref@TeX{}} finds the definition point of an index entry 2316 One caveat: @b{Ref@TeX{}} finds the definition point of an index entry
2216 by searching near the buffer position where it had found to macro during 2317 by searching near the buffer position where it had found to macro during
2217 scanning. If you have several identical index entries in the same 2318 scanning. If you have several identical index entries in the same
2218 buffer and significant changes have shifted the entries around, you must 2319 buffer and significant changes have shifted the entries around, you must
2219 rescan the buffer to ensure the correspondence between the 2320 rescan the buffer to ensure the correspondence between the
2220 @file{*Index*} buffer and the definition locations. It is therefore 2321 @file{*Index*} buffer and the definition locations. It is therefore
2221 advisable to rescan the document (with @kbd{r} or @kbd{C-u r}) 2322 advisable to rescan the document (with @kbd{r} or @kbd{C-u r})
2222 frequently while editing the index from the @file{*Index*} 2323 frequently while editing the index from the @file{*Index*}
2223 buffer.@refill 2324 buffer.
2224 2325
2225 @kindex ? 2326 @kindex ?
2226 Here is a list of special commands available in the @file{*Index*} buffer. A 2327 Here is a list of special commands available in the @file{*Index*} buffer. A
2227 summary of this information is always available by pressing 2328 summary of this information is always available by pressing
2228 @kbd{?}.@refill 2329 @kbd{?}.
2229 2330
2230 @table @kbd 2331 @table @kbd
2231 @tablesubheading{General} 2332 @tablesubheading{General}
2232 @item ? 2333 @item ?
2233 Display a summary of commands. 2334 Display a summary of commands.
2238 @tablesubheading{Moving around} 2339 @tablesubheading{Moving around}
2239 @item ! A..Z 2340 @item ! A..Z
2240 Pressing any capital letter will jump to the corresponding section in 2341 Pressing any capital letter will jump to the corresponding section in
2241 the @file{*Index*} buffer. The exclamation mark is special and jumps to 2342 the @file{*Index*} buffer. The exclamation mark is special and jumps to
2242 the first entries alphabetically sorted below @samp{A}. These are 2343 the first entries alphabetically sorted below @samp{A}. These are
2243 usually non-alphanumeric characters.@refill 2344 usually non-alphanumeric characters.
2244 @item n 2345 @item n
2245 Go to next entry.@refill 2346 Go to next entry.
2246 @item p 2347 @item p
2247 Go to previous entry.@refill 2348 Go to previous entry.
2248 2349
2249 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations} 2350 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations}
2250 @item @key{SPC} 2351 @item @key{SPC}
2251 Show the place in the document where this index entry is defined.@refill 2352 Show the place in the document where this index entry is defined.
2252 2353
2253 @item @key{TAB} 2354 @item @key{TAB}
2254 Go to the definition of the current index entry in another 2355 Go to the definition of the current index entry in another
2255 window.@refill 2356 window.
2256 2357
2257 @item @key{RET} 2358 @item @key{RET}
2258 Go to the definition of the current index entry and hide the 2359 Go to the definition of the current index entry and hide the
2259 @file{*Index*} buffer window.@refill 2360 @file{*Index*} buffer window.
2260 2361
2261 @item f 2362 @item f
2262 @vindex reftex-index-follow-mode 2363 @vindex reftex-index-follow-mode
2263 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow 2364 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
2264 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will 2365 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
2266 buffer at point. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each 2367 buffer at point. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each
2267 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable 2368 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
2268 @code{reftex-index-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files 2369 @code{reftex-index-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files
2269 already visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for 2370 already visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for
2270 follow mode. See, however, the variable 2371 follow mode. See, however, the variable
2271 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill 2372 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
2272 2373
2273 @tablesubheading{Entry editing} 2374 @tablesubheading{Entry editing}
2274 @item e 2375 @item e
2275 Edit the current index entry. In the minibuffer, you can edit the 2376 Edit the current index entry. In the minibuffer, you can edit the
2276 index macro which defines this entry.@refill 2377 index macro which defines this entry.
2277 2378
2278 @item C-k 2379 @item C-k
2279 Kill the index entry. Currently not implemented because I don't know 2380 Kill the index entry. Currently not implemented because I don't know
2280 how to implement an @code{undo} function for this.@refill 2381 how to implement an @code{undo} function for this.
2281 2382
2282 @item * 2383 @item *
2283 Edit the @var{key} part of the entry. This is the initial part of the 2384 Edit the @var{key} part of the entry. This is the initial part of the
2284 entry which determines the location of the entry in the index.@refill 2385 entry which determines the location of the entry in the index.
2285 2386
2286 @item | 2387 @item |
2287 Edit the @var{attribute} part of the entry. This is the part after the 2388 Edit the @var{attribute} part of the entry. This is the part after the
2288 vertical bar. With @code{MakeIndex}, this part is an encapsulating 2389 vertical bar. With @code{MakeIndex}, this part is an encapsulating
2289 macro. With @code{xindy}, it is called @emph{attribute} and is a 2390 macro. With @code{xindy}, it is called @emph{attribute} and is a
2290 property of the index entry that can lead to special formatting. When 2391 property of the index entry that can lead to special formatting. When
2291 called with @kbd{C-u} prefix, kill the entire @var{attribute} 2392 called with @kbd{C-u} prefix, kill the entire @var{attribute}
2292 part.@refill 2393 part.
2293 2394
2294 @item @@ 2395 @item @@
2295 Edit the @var{visual} part of the entry. This is the part after the 2396 Edit the @var{visual} part of the entry. This is the part after the
2296 @samp{@@} which is used by @code{MakeIndex} to change the visual 2397 @samp{@@} which is used by @code{MakeIndex} to change the visual
2297 appearance of the entry in the index. When called with @kbd{C-u} 2398 appearance of the entry in the index. When called with @kbd{C-u}
2298 prefix, kill the entire @var{visual} part.@refill 2399 prefix, kill the entire @var{visual} part.
2299 2400
2300 @item ( 2401 @item (
2301 Toggle the beginning of page range property @samp{|(} of the 2402 Toggle the beginning of page range property @samp{|(} of the
2302 entry.@refill 2403 entry.
2303 2404
2304 @item ) 2405 @item )
2305 Toggle the end of page range property @samp{|)} of the entry.@refill 2406 Toggle the end of page range property @samp{|)} of the entry.
2306 2407
2307 @item _ 2408 @item _
2308 Make the current entry a subentry. This command will prompt for the 2409 Make the current entry a subentry. This command will prompt for the
2309 superordinate entry and insert it.@refill 2410 superordinate entry and insert it.
2310 2411
2311 @item ^ 2412 @item ^
2312 Remove the highest superordinate entry. If the current entry is a 2413 Remove the highest superordinate entry. If the current entry is a
2313 subitem (@samp{aaa!bbb!ccc}), this function moves it up the hierarchy 2414 subitem (@samp{aaa!bbb!ccc}), this function moves it up the hierarchy
2314 (@samp{bbb!ccc}).@refill 2415 (@samp{bbb!ccc}).
2315 2416
2316 @tablesubheading{Exiting} 2417 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
2317 @item q 2418 @item q
2318 Hide the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill 2419 Hide the @file{*Index*} buffer.
2319 2420
2320 @item k 2421 @item k
2321 Kill the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill 2422 Kill the @file{*Index*} buffer.
2322 2423
2323 @item C-c = 2424 @item C-c =
2324 Switch to the Table of Contents buffer of this document.@refill 2425 Switch to the Table of Contents buffer of this document.
2325 2426
2326 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed} 2427 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed}
2327 @item c 2428 @item c
2328 @vindex reftex-index-include-context 2429 @vindex reftex-index-include-context
2329 Toggle the display of short context in the @file{*Index*} buffer. The 2430 Toggle the display of short context in the @file{*Index*} buffer. The
2330 default for this flag can be set with the variable 2431 default for this flag can be set with the variable
2331 @code{reftex-index-include-context}.@refill 2432 @code{reftex-index-include-context}.
2332 2433
2333 @item @} 2434 @item @}
2334 Restrict the index to a single document section. The corresponding 2435 Restrict the index to a single document section. The corresponding
2335 section number will be displayed in the @code{R<>} indicator in the 2436 section number will be displayed in the @code{R<>} indicator in the
2336 mode line and in the header of the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill 2437 mode line and in the header of the @file{*Index*} buffer.
2337 2438
2338 @item @{ 2439 @item @{
2339 Widen the index to contain all entries of the document.@refill 2440 Widen the index to contain all entries of the document.
2340 2441
2341 @item < 2442 @item <
2342 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the 2443 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the
2343 previous section.@refill 2444 previous section.
2344 2445
2345 @item > 2446 @item >
2346 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the 2447 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the
2347 next section.@refill 2448 next section.
2348 2449
2349 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer} 2450 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
2350 @item g 2451 @item g
2351 Rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the 2452 Rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the
2352 document. However, it sorts the entries again, so that edited entries 2453 document. However, it sorts the entries again, so that edited entries
2353 will move to the correct position.@refill 2454 will move to the correct position.
2354 2455
2355 @item r 2456 @item r
2356 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans 2457 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
2357 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. When 2458 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. When
2358 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-nil, rescan only the file this 2459 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-@code{nil}, rescan only the file this
2359 location is defined in, not the entire document.@refill 2460 location is defined in, not the entire document.
2360 2461
2361 @item C-u r 2462 @item C-u r
2362 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*} 2463 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*}
2363 buffer.@refill 2464 buffer.
2364 2465
2365 @item s 2466 @item s
2366 Switch to a different index (for documents with multiple 2467 Switch to a different index (for documents with multiple
2367 indices).@refill 2468 indices).
2368 @end table 2469 @end table
2369 2470
2370 2471
2371 @node Builtin Index Macros, Defining Index Macros, Displaying and Editing the Index, Index Support 2472 @node Builtin Index Macros, Defining Index Macros, Displaying and Editing the Index, Index Support
2372 @section Builtin Index Macros 2473 @section Builtin Index Macros
2479 @end lisp 2580 @end lisp
2480 2581
2481 which specifies that the macro identified with the character @code{?x} (the 2582 which specifies that the macro identified with the character @code{?x} (the
2482 @code{\ix} macro) should be used for indexing phrases and words already 2583 @code{\ix} macro) should be used for indexing phrases and words already
2483 in the buffer with @kbd{C-c /} (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}). 2584 in the buffer with @kbd{C-c /} (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}).
2484 The index tag is "idx".@refill 2585 The index tag is "idx".
2485 2586
2486 @node Viewing Cross-References, RefTeXs Menu, Index Support, Top 2587 @node Viewing Cross-References, RefTeXs Menu, Index Support, Top
2487 @chapter Viewing Cross--References 2588 @chapter Viewing Cross--References
2488 @findex reftex-view-crossref 2589 @findex reftex-view-crossref
2489 @findex reftex-mouse-view-crossref 2590 @findex reftex-mouse-view-crossref
2493 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display cross--referencing information. This means, 2594 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display cross--referencing information. This means,
2494 if two document locations are linked, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display the 2595 if two document locations are linked, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display the
2495 matching location(s) in another window. The @code{\label} and @code{\ref} 2596 matching location(s) in another window. The @code{\label} and @code{\ref}
2496 macros are one way of establishing such a link. Also, a @code{\cite} 2597 macros are one way of establishing such a link. Also, a @code{\cite}
2497 macro is linked to the corresponding @code{\bibitem} macro or a BibTeX 2598 macro is linked to the corresponding @code{\bibitem} macro or a BibTeX
2498 database entry.@refill 2599 database entry.
2499 2600
2500 The feature is invoked by pressing @kbd{C-c &} 2601 The feature is invoked by pressing @kbd{C-c &}
2501 (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) while point is on the @var{key} argument 2602 (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) while point is on the @var{key} argument
2502 of a macro involved in cross--referencing. You can also click with 2603 of a macro involved in cross--referencing. You can also click with
2503 @kbd{S-mouse-2} on the macro argument. Here is what will happen for 2604 @kbd{S-mouse-2} on the macro argument. Here is what will happen for
2504 individual classes of macros:@refill 2605 individual classes of macros:
2505 2606
2506 @table @asis 2607 @table @asis
2507 2608
2508 @item @code{\ref} 2609 @item @code{\ref}
2509 @cindex @code{\ref} 2610 @cindex @code{\ref}
2510 Display the corresponding label definition. All usual 2611 Display the corresponding label definition. All usual
2511 variants@footnote{all macros that start with @samp{ref} or end with 2612 variants@footnote{all macros that start with @samp{ref} or end with
2512 @samp{ref} or @samp{refrange}} of the @code{\ref} macro are active for 2613 @samp{ref} or @samp{refrange}} of the @code{\ref} macro are active for
2513 cross--reference display. This works also for labels defined in an 2614 cross--reference display. This works also for labels defined in an
2514 external document when the current document refers to them through the 2615 external document when the current document refers to them through the
2515 @code{xr} interface (@pxref{xr (LaTeX package)}).@refill 2616 @code{xr} interface (@pxref{xr (LaTeX package)}).
2516 2617
2517 @item @code{\label} 2618 @item @code{\label}
2518 @cindex @code{\label} 2619 @cindex @code{\label}
2519 @vindex reftex-label-alist 2620 @vindex reftex-label-alist
2520 Display a document location which references this label. Pressing 2621 Display a document location which references this label. Pressing
2521 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds 2622 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds
2522 all locations. Not only the @code{\label} macro but also other macros 2623 all locations. Not only the @code{\label} macro but also other macros
2523 with label arguments (as configured with @code{reftex-label-alist}) are 2624 with label arguments (as configured with @code{reftex-label-alist}) are
2524 active for cross--reference display.@refill 2625 active for cross--reference display.
2525 2626
2526 @item @code{\cite} 2627 @item @code{\cite}
2527 @cindex @code{\cite} 2628 @cindex @code{\cite}
2528 Display the corresponding BibTeX database entry or @code{\bibitem}. 2629 Display the corresponding BibTeX database entry or @code{\bibitem}.
2529 All usual variants@footnote{all macros that either start or end with 2630 All usual variants@footnote{all macros that either start or end with
2530 @samp{cite}} of the @code{\cite} macro are active for cross--reference 2631 @samp{cite}} of the @code{\cite} macro are active for cross--reference
2531 display.@refill 2632 display.
2532 2633
2533 @item @code{\bibitem} 2634 @item @code{\bibitem}
2534 @cindex @code{\bibitem} 2635 @cindex @code{\bibitem}
2535 Display a document location which cites this article. Pressing 2636 Display a document location which cites this article. Pressing
2536 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds 2637 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds
2537 all locations.@refill 2638 all locations.
2538 2639
2539 @item BibTeX 2640 @item BibTeX
2540 @cindex BibTeX buffer, viewing cite locations from 2641 @cindex BibTeX buffer, viewing cite locations from
2541 @cindex Viewing cite locations from BibTeX buffer 2642 @cindex Viewing cite locations from BibTeX buffer
2542 @kbd{C-c &} is also active in BibTeX buffers. All locations in a 2643 @kbd{C-c &} is also active in BibTeX buffers. All locations in a
2543 document where the database entry at point is cited will be displayed. 2644 document where the database entry at point is cited will be displayed.
2544 On first use, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a buffer which belongs to 2645 On first use, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a buffer which belongs to
2545 the document you want to search. Subsequent calls will use the same 2646 the document you want to search. Subsequent calls will use the same
2546 document, until you break this link with a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c 2647 document, until you break this link with a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c
2547 &}.@refill 2648 &}.
2548 2649
2549 @item @code{\index} 2650 @item @code{\index}
2550 @cindex @code{\index} 2651 @cindex @code{\index}
2551 Display other locations in the document which are marked by an index 2652 Display other locations in the document which are marked by an index
2552 macro with the same key argument. Along with the standard @code{\index} 2653 macro with the same key argument. Along with the standard @code{\index}
2553 and @code{\glossary} macros, all macros configured in 2654 and @code{\glossary} macros, all macros configured in
2554 @code{reftex-index-macros} will be recognized.@refill 2655 @code{reftex-index-macros} will be recognized.
2555 @end table 2656 @end table
2556 2657
2557 @vindex reftex-view-crossref-extra 2658 @vindex reftex-view-crossref-extra
2558 While the display of cross referencing information for the above 2659 While the display of cross referencing information for the above
2559 mentioned macros is hard--coded, you can configure additional relations 2660 mentioned macros is hard--coded, you can configure additional relations
2570 2671
2571 @b{Ref@TeX{}} installs a @code{Ref} menu in the menu bar on systems 2672 @b{Ref@TeX{}} installs a @code{Ref} menu in the menu bar on systems
2572 which support this. From this menu you can access all of 2673 which support this. From this menu you can access all of
2573 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands and a few of its options. There is also a 2674 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands and a few of its options. There is also a
2574 @code{Customize} submenu which can be used to access @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s 2675 @code{Customize} submenu which can be used to access @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s
2575 entire set of options.@refill 2676 entire set of options.
2576 2677
2577 @node Key Bindings, Faces, RefTeXs Menu, Top 2678 @node Key Bindings, Faces, RefTeXs Menu, Top
2578 @section Default Key Bindings 2679 @section Default Key Bindings
2579 @cindex Key Bindings, summary 2680 @cindex Key Bindings, summary
2580 2681
2607 @kbd{C-c >} @code{reftex-display-index} 2708 @kbd{C-c >} @code{reftex-display-index}
2608 @end example 2709 @end example
2609 2710
2610 Note that the @kbd{S-mouse-2} binding is only provided if this key is 2711 Note that the @kbd{S-mouse-2} binding is only provided if this key is
2611 not already used by some other package. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not override an 2712 not already used by some other package. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not override an
2612 existing binding to @kbd{S-mouse-2}.@refill 2713 existing binding to @kbd{S-mouse-2}.
2613 2714
2614 Personally, I also bind some functions in the users @kbd{C-c} map for 2715 Personally, I also bind some functions in the users @kbd{C-c} map for
2615 easier access.@refill 2716 easier access.
2616 2717
2617 @c FIXME: Do we need bindings for the Index macros here as well? 2718 @c FIXME: Do we need bindings for the Index macros here as well?
2618 @c C-c i C-c I or so???? 2719 @c C-c i C-c I or so????
2619 @c How about key bindings for reftex-reset-mode and reftex-parse-document? 2720 @c How about key bindings for reftex-reset-mode and reftex-parse-document?
2620 @kindex C-c t 2721 @kindex C-c t
2656 table of contents buffers. It does not create its own faces, but uses 2757 table of contents buffers. It does not create its own faces, but uses
2657 the ones defined in @file{font-lock.el}. Therefore, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will 2758 the ones defined in @file{font-lock.el}. Therefore, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
2658 use faces only when @code{font-lock} is loaded. This seems to be 2759 use faces only when @code{font-lock} is loaded. This seems to be
2659 reasonable because people who like faces will very likely have it 2760 reasonable because people who like faces will very likely have it
2660 loaded. If you wish to turn off fontification or change the involved 2761 loaded. If you wish to turn off fontification or change the involved
2661 faces, see @ref{Options (Fontification)}.@refill 2762 faces, see @ref{Options (Fontification)}.
2662 2763
2663 @node Multifile Documents, Language Support, AUCTeX, Top 2764 @node Multifile Documents, Language Support, AUCTeX, Top
2664 @section Multifile Documents 2765 @section Multifile Documents
2665 @cindex Multifile documents 2766 @cindex Multifile documents
2666 @cindex Documents, spread over files 2767 @cindex Documents, spread over files
2667 2768
2668 The following is relevant when working with documents spread over many 2769 The following is relevant when working with documents spread over many
2669 files:@refill 2770 files:
2670 2771
2671 @itemize @bullet 2772 @itemize @bullet
2672 @item 2773 @item
2673 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has full support for multifile documents. You can edit parts of 2774 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has full support for multifile documents. You can edit parts of
2674 several (multifile) documents at the same time without conflicts. 2775 several (multifile) documents at the same time without conflicts.
2675 @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides functions to run @code{grep}, @code{search} and 2776 @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides functions to run @code{grep}, @code{search} and
2676 @code{query-replace} on all files which are part of a multifile 2777 @code{query-replace} on all files which are part of a multifile
2677 document.@refill 2778 document.
2678 2779
2679 @item 2780 @item
2680 @vindex tex-main-file 2781 @vindex tex-main-file
2681 @vindex TeX-master 2782 @vindex TeX-master
2682 All files belonging to a multifile document should define a File 2783 All files belonging to a multifile document should define a File
2683 Variable (@code{TeX-master} for AUCTeX or @code{tex-main-file} for the 2784 Variable (@code{TeX-master} for AUCTeX or @code{tex-main-file} for the
2684 standard Emacs LaTeX mode) containing the name of the master file. For 2785 standard Emacs LaTeX mode) containing the name of the master file. For
2685 example, to set the file variable @code{TeX-master}, include something 2786 example, to set the file variable @code{TeX-master}, include something
2686 like the following at the end of each TeX file:@refill 2787 like the following at the end of each TeX file:
2687 2788
2688 @example 2789 @example
2689 %%% Local Variables: *** 2790 %%% Local Variables: ***
2690 %%% mode:latex *** 2791 %%% mode:latex ***
2691 %%% TeX-master: "thesis.tex" *** 2792 %%% TeX-master: "thesis.tex" ***
2701 will actually ask you for each new file about the master file and insert 2802 will actually ask you for each new file about the master file and insert
2702 this comment automatically. For more details see the documentation of 2803 this comment automatically. For more details see the documentation of
2703 the AUCTeX (@pxref{Multifile,,,auctex, The AUC TeX User Manual}), the 2804 the AUCTeX (@pxref{Multifile,,,auctex, The AUC TeX User Manual}), the
2704 documentation about the Emacs (La)TeX mode (@pxref{TeX Print,,,emacs, 2805 documentation about the Emacs (La)TeX mode (@pxref{TeX Print,,,emacs,
2705 The GNU Emacs Manual}) and the Emacs documentation on File Variables 2806 The GNU Emacs Manual}) and the Emacs documentation on File Variables
2706 (@pxref{File Variables,,,emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill 2807 (@pxref{File Variables,,,emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).
2707 2808
2708 @item 2809 @item
2709 The context of a label definition must be found in the same file as the 2810 The context of a label definition must be found in the same file as the
2710 label itself in order to be processed correctly by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The only 2811 label itself in order to be processed correctly by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The only
2711 exception is that section labels referring to a section statement 2812 exception is that section labels referring to a section statement
2712 outside the current file can still use that section title as 2813 outside the current file can still use that section title as
2713 context.@refill 2814 context.
2714 @end itemize 2815 @end itemize
2715 2816
2716 @node Language Support, Finding Files, Multifile Documents, Top 2817 @node Language Support, Finding Files, Multifile Documents, Top
2717 @section Language Support 2818 @section Language Support
2718 @cindex Language support 2819 @cindex Language support
2732 2833
2733 @item 2834 @item
2734 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function 2835 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
2735 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re 2836 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re
2736 Also, when a label is derived from context, @b{Ref@TeX{}} clears the 2837 Also, when a label is derived from context, @b{Ref@TeX{}} clears the
2737 context string from non-ASCII characters in order to make a legal label. 2838 context string from non-ASCII characters in order to make a valid label.
2738 If there should ever be a version of @TeX{} which allows extended 2839 If there should ever be a version of @TeX{} which allows extended
2739 characters @emph{in labels}, then we will have to look at the 2840 characters @emph{in labels}, then we will have to look at the
2740 variables @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function} and 2841 variables @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function} and
2741 @code{reftex-label-illegal-re}. 2842 @code{reftex-label-illegal-re}.
2742 2843
2851 books, where some of it still might be useful.} 2952 books, where some of it still might be useful.}
2852 2953
2853 Implementing the principle of least surprises, the default settings of 2954 Implementing the principle of least surprises, the default settings of
2854 @b{Ref@TeX{}} ensure a safe ride for beginners and casual users. However, 2955 @b{Ref@TeX{}} ensure a safe ride for beginners and casual users. However,
2855 when using @b{Ref@TeX{}} for a large project and/or on a small computer, 2956 when using @b{Ref@TeX{}} for a large project and/or on a small computer,
2856 there are ways to improve speed or memory usage.@refill 2957 there are ways to improve speed or memory usage.
2857 2958
2858 @itemize @bullet 2959 @itemize @bullet
2859 @item 2960 @item
2860 @b{Removing Lookup Buffers}@* 2961 @b{Removing Lookup Buffers}@*
2861 @cindex Removing lookup buffers 2962 @cindex Removing lookup buffers
2885 Likewise, the @kbd{r} key in both the label selection buffer and the 2986 Likewise, the @kbd{r} key in both the label selection buffer and the
2886 table-of-contents buffer will only prompt scanning of the file in which 2987 table-of-contents buffer will only prompt scanning of the file in which
2887 the label or section macro near the cursor was defined. Re-parsing of 2988 the label or section macro near the cursor was defined. Re-parsing of
2888 the entire document is still available by using @kbd{C-u C-u} as a 2989 the entire document is still available by using @kbd{C-u C-u} as a
2889 prefix, or the capital @kbd{R} key in the menus. To use this feature, 2990 prefix, or the capital @kbd{R} key in the menus. To use this feature,
2890 try@refill 2991 try
2891 2992
2892 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans 2993 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
2893 @lisp 2994 @lisp
2894 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t) 2995 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
2895 @end lisp 2996 @end lisp
2904 information can be stored in a file. The file @file{MASTER.rel} is used 3005 information can be stored in a file. The file @file{MASTER.rel} is used
2905 for storing information about a document with master file 3006 for storing information about a document with master file
2906 @file{MASTER.tex}. It is written automatically when you kill a buffer 3007 @file{MASTER.tex}. It is written automatically when you kill a buffer
2907 in @code{reftex-mode} or when you exit Emacs. The information is 3008 in @code{reftex-mode} or when you exit Emacs. The information is
2908 restored when you begin working with a document in a new editing 3009 restored when you begin working with a document in a new editing
2909 session. To use this feature, put into @file{.emacs}:@refill 3010 session. To use this feature, put into @file{.emacs}:
2910 3011
2911 @vindex reftex-save-parse-info 3012 @vindex reftex-save-parse-info
2912 @lisp 3013 @lisp
2913 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t) 3014 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
3015 @end lisp
3016
3017 @item
3018 @b{Identifying label types by prefix}@*
3019 @cindex Parse information, saving to a file
3020 @vindex reftex-trust-label-prefix
3021 @b{Ref@TeX{}} normally parses around each label to check in which
3022 environment this label is located, in order to assign a label type to
3023 the label. If your document contains thousands of labels, document
3024 parsing will take considerable time. If you have been using label prefixes
3025 like tab: and fn: consistently, you can tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} to get the
3026 label type directly from the prefix, without additional parsing. This
3027 will be faster and also allow labels to end up in the correct category
3028 if for some reason it is not possible to derive the correct type from
3029 context. For example, to enable this feature for footnote and
3030 equation labels, use
3031
3032 @lisp
3033 (setq reftex-trust-label-prefix '("fn:" "eq:"))
2914 @end lisp 3034 @end lisp
2915 3035
2916 @item 3036 @item
2917 @b{Automatic Document Scans}@* 3037 @b{Automatic Document Scans}@*
2918 @cindex Automatic document scans 3038 @cindex Automatic document scans
2925 (setq reftex-allow-automatic-rescan nil) 3045 (setq reftex-allow-automatic-rescan nil)
2926 @end lisp 3046 @end lisp
2927 3047
2928 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will then occasionally annotate new labels in the selection 3048 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will then occasionally annotate new labels in the selection
2929 buffer, saying that their position in the label list in uncertain. A 3049 buffer, saying that their position in the label list in uncertain. A
2930 manual document scan will fix this.@refill 3050 manual document scan will fix this.
2931 3051
2932 @item 3052 @item
2933 @b{Multiple Selection Buffers}@* 3053 @b{Multiple Selection Buffers}@*
2934 @cindex Multiple selection buffers 3054 @cindex Multiple selection buffers
2935 @cindex Selection buffers, multiple 3055 @cindex Selection buffers, multiple
2939 separate selection buffer for each label type and to keep this buffer 3059 separate selection buffer for each label type and to keep this buffer
2940 from one selection to the next. These buffers are updated automatically 3060 from one selection to the next. These buffers are updated automatically
2941 only when a new label has been added in the buffers category with 3061 only when a new label has been added in the buffers category with
2942 @code{reftex-label}. Updating the buffer takes as long as recreating it 3062 @code{reftex-label}. Updating the buffer takes as long as recreating it
2943 - so the time saving is limited to cases where no new labels of that 3063 - so the time saving is limited to cases where no new labels of that
2944 category have been added. To turn on this feature, use@refill 3064 category have been added. To turn on this feature, use
2945 3065
2946 @vindex reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers 3066 @vindex reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers
2947 @lisp 3067 @lisp
2948 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t) 3068 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
2949 @end lisp 3069 @end lisp
2951 @noindent 3071 @noindent
2952 @cindex Selection buffers, updating 3072 @cindex Selection buffers, updating
2953 You can also inhibit the automatic updating entirely. Then the 3073 You can also inhibit the automatic updating entirely. Then the
2954 selection buffer will always pop up very fast, but may not contain the 3074 selection buffer will always pop up very fast, but may not contain the
2955 most recently defined labels. You can always update the buffer by hand, 3075 most recently defined labels. You can always update the buffer by hand,
2956 with the @kbd{g} key. To get this behavior, use instead@refill 3076 with the @kbd{g} key. To get this behavior, use instead
2957 3077
2958 @vindex reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers 3078 @vindex reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers
2959 @lisp 3079 @lisp
2960 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t 3080 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t
2961 reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers nil) 3081 reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers nil)
2974 reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t) 3094 reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
2975 @end group 3095 @end group
2976 @end lisp 3096 @end lisp
2977 3097
2978 @node AUCTeX, Multifile Documents, Faces, Top 3098 @node AUCTeX, Multifile Documents, Faces, Top
2979 @section @w{AUC @TeX{}} 3099 @section AUC@TeX{}
2980 @cindex @code{AUCTeX}, Emacs package 3100 @cindex @code{AUCTeX}, Emacs package
2981 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{AUCTeX} 3101 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{AUCTeX}
2982 3102
2983 AUCTeX is without doubt the best major mode for editing TeX and LaTeX 3103 AUCTeX is without doubt the best major mode for editing TeX and LaTeX
2984 files with Emacs (@pxref{Top,AUCTeX,,auctex, The AUCTeX User Manual}). 3104 files with Emacs (@pxref{Top,AUCTeX,,auctex, The AUCTeX User Manual}).
2985 If AUCTeX is not part of your Emacs distribution, you can get 3105 If AUCTeX is not part of your Emacs distribution, you can get
2986 it@footnote{XEmacs 21.x users may want to install the corresponding 3106 it@footnote{XEmacs 21.x users may want to install the corresponding
2987 XEmacs package.} by ftp from the 3107 XEmacs package.} by ftp from the @value{AUCTEXSITE}.
2988 @uref{http://www.sunsite.auc.dk/auctex/,AUCTeX distribution site}.
2989 3108
2990 @menu 3109 @menu
2991 * AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface:: How both packages work together 3110 * AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface:: How both packages work together
2992 * Style Files:: AUCTeX's style files can support RefTeX 3111 * Style Files:: AUCTeX's style files can support RefTeX
2993 * Bib-Cite:: Hypertext reading of a document 3112 * Bib-Cite:: Hypertext reading of a document
3000 interface is turned on, both packages will interact closely. Instead of 3119 interface is turned on, both packages will interact closely. Instead of
3001 using @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands directly, you can then also use them 3120 using @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands directly, you can then also use them
3002 indirectly as part of the AUCTeX 3121 indirectly as part of the AUCTeX
3003 environment@footnote{@b{Ref@TeX{}} 4.0 and AUCTeX 9.10c will be 3122 environment@footnote{@b{Ref@TeX{}} 4.0 and AUCTeX 9.10c will be
3004 needed for all of this to work. Parts of it work also with earlier 3123 needed for all of this to work. Parts of it work also with earlier
3005 versions.}. The interface is turned on with@refill 3124 versions.}. The interface is turned on with
3006 3125
3007 @lisp 3126 @lisp
3008 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t) 3127 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t)
3009 @end lisp 3128 @end lisp
3010 3129
3044 will offer its default label which is derived from the section title. 3163 will offer its default label which is derived from the section title.
3045 3164
3046 @item 3165 @item
3047 @b{AUCTeX tells @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections}@* 3166 @b{AUCTeX tells @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections}@*
3048 When creating a new section with @kbd{C-c C-s}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not 3167 When creating a new section with @kbd{C-c C-s}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not
3049 have to rescan the buffer in order to see it.@refill 3168 have to rescan the buffer in order to see it.
3050 3169
3051 @item 3170 @item
3052 @findex reftex-arg-label 3171 @findex reftex-arg-label
3053 @findex TeX-arg-label, @r{AUCTeX function} 3172 @findex TeX-arg-label, @r{AUCTeX function}
3054 @findex reftex-arg-ref 3173 @findex reftex-arg-ref
3068 do this, which is not reversible. However, @b{Ref@TeX{}} implements the 3187 do this, which is not reversible. However, @b{Ref@TeX{}} implements the
3069 old functionality when you later decide to turn off the interface.} and 3188 old functionality when you later decide to turn off the interface.} and
3070 supplies the macro arguments with @b{Ref@TeX{}'s} mechanisms. For 3189 supplies the macro arguments with @b{Ref@TeX{}'s} mechanisms. For
3071 example, when you type @kbd{C-c @key{RET} ref @key{RET}}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} 3190 example, when you type @kbd{C-c @key{RET} ref @key{RET}}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
3072 will supply its label selection process (@pxref{Referencing 3191 will supply its label selection process (@pxref{Referencing
3073 Labels}).@refill 3192 Labels}).
3074 3193
3075 @item 3194 @item
3076 @b{@b{Ref@TeX{}} tells AUCTeX about new labels, citation-- and index keys}@* 3195 @b{@b{Ref@TeX{}} tells AUCTeX about new labels, citation-- and index keys}@*
3077 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will add all newly created labels to AUCTeX's completion list. 3196 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will add all newly created labels to AUCTeX's completion list.
3078 @end itemize 3197 @end itemize
3086 commands of a document (@pxref{Style Files,,,auctex}). Support for 3205 commands of a document (@pxref{Style Files,,,auctex}). Support for
3087 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in such a style file is useful when the LaTeX style 3206 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in such a style file is useful when the LaTeX style
3088 defines macros or environments connected with labels, citations, or the 3207 defines macros or environments connected with labels, citations, or the
3089 index. Many style files (e.g. @file{amsmath.el} or @file{natbib.el}) 3208 index. Many style files (e.g. @file{amsmath.el} or @file{natbib.el})
3090 distributed with AUCTeX already support @b{Ref@TeX{}} in this 3209 distributed with AUCTeX already support @b{Ref@TeX{}} in this
3091 way.@refill 3210 way.
3092 3211
3093 Before calling a @b{Ref@TeX{}} function, the style hook should always 3212 Before calling a @b{Ref@TeX{}} function, the style hook should always
3094 test for the availability of the function, so that the style file will 3213 test for the availability of the function, so that the style file will
3095 also work for people who do not use @b{Ref@TeX{}}. @refill 3214 also work for people who do not use @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
3096 3215
3097 Additions made with style files in the way described below remain local 3216 Additions made with style files in the way described below remain local
3098 to the current document. For example, if one package uses AMSTeX, the 3217 to the current document. For example, if one package uses AMSTeX, the
3099 style file will make @b{Ref@TeX{}} switch over to @code{\eqref}, but 3218 style file will make @b{Ref@TeX{}} switch over to @code{\eqref}, but
3100 this will not affect other documents.@refill 3219 this will not affect other documents.
3101 3220
3102 @findex reftex-add-label-environments 3221 @findex reftex-add-label-environments
3103 @findex reftex-add-to-label-alist 3222 @findex reftex-add-to-label-alist
3104 A style hook may contain calls to 3223 A style hook may contain calls to
3105 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}@footnote{This used to be the 3224 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}@footnote{This used to be the
3106 function @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} which is still available as an 3225 function @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} which is still available as an
3107 alias for compatibility.} which defines additions to 3226 alias for compatibility.} which defines additions to
3108 @code{reftex-label-alist}. The argument taken by this function must have 3227 @code{reftex-label-alist}. The argument taken by this function must have
3109 the same format as @code{reftex-label-alist}. The @file{amsmath.el} 3228 the same format as @code{reftex-label-alist}. The @file{amsmath.el}
3110 style file of AUCTeX for example contains the following:@refill 3229 style file of AUCTeX for example contains the following:
3111 3230
3112 @lisp 3231 @lisp
3113 @group 3232 @group
3114 (TeX-add-style-hook "amsmath" 3233 (TeX-add-style-hook "amsmath"
3115 (lambda () 3234 (lambda ()
3119 @end lisp 3238 @end lisp
3120 3239
3121 @noindent 3240 @noindent
3122 @findex LaTeX-add-environments, @r{AUCTeX} 3241 @findex LaTeX-add-environments, @r{AUCTeX}
3123 while a package @code{myprop} defining a @code{proposition} environment 3242 while a package @code{myprop} defining a @code{proposition} environment
3124 with @code{\newtheorem} might use@refill 3243 with @code{\newtheorem} might use
3125 3244
3126 @lisp 3245 @lisp
3127 @group 3246 @group
3128 (TeX-add-style-hook "myprop" 3247 (TeX-add-style-hook "myprop"
3129 (lambda () 3248 (lambda ()
3137 3256
3138 @findex reftex-set-cite-format 3257 @findex reftex-set-cite-format
3139 Similarly, a style hook may contain a call to 3258 Similarly, a style hook may contain a call to
3140 @code{reftex-set-cite-format} to set the citation format. The style 3259 @code{reftex-set-cite-format} to set the citation format. The style
3141 file @file{natbib.el} for the Natbib citation style does switch 3260 file @file{natbib.el} for the Natbib citation style does switch
3142 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s citation format like this:@refill 3261 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s citation format like this:
3143 3262
3144 @lisp 3263 @lisp
3145 (TeX-add-style-hook "natbib" 3264 (TeX-add-style-hook "natbib"
3146 (lambda () 3265 (lambda ()
3147 (if (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format) 3266 (if (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
3208 &}), @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} (bound to @kbd{S-mouse-2}), and 3327 &}), @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} (bound to @kbd{S-mouse-2}), and
3209 @code{reftex-search-document}. A somewhat fancier interface with mouse 3328 @code{reftex-search-document}. A somewhat fancier interface with mouse
3210 highlighting is provided (among other things) by Peter S. Galbraith's 3329 highlighting is provided (among other things) by Peter S. Galbraith's
3211 @file{bib-cite.el}. There is some overlap in the functionalities of 3330 @file{bib-cite.el}. There is some overlap in the functionalities of
3212 Bib-cite and @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Bib-cite.el comes bundled with 3331 Bib-cite and @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Bib-cite.el comes bundled with
3213 AUCTeX.@refill 3332 AUCTeX.
3214 3333
3215 Bib-cite version 3.06 and later can be configured so that bib-cite's 3334 Bib-cite version 3.06 and later can be configured so that bib-cite's
3216 mouse functions use @b{Ref@TeX{}} for displaying references and citations. 3335 mouse functions use @b{Ref@TeX{}} for displaying references and citations.
3217 This can be useful in particular when working with the LaTeX @code{xr} 3336 This can be useful in particular when working with the LaTeX @code{xr}
3218 package or with an explicit @code{thebibliography} environment (rather 3337 package or with an explicit @code{thebibliography} environment (rather
3219 than BibTeX). Bib-cite cannot handle those, but @b{Ref@TeX{}} does. To 3338 than BibTeX). Bib-cite cannot handle those, but @b{Ref@TeX{}} does. To
3220 make use of this feature, try@refill 3339 make use of this feature, try
3221 3340
3222 @vindex bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref 3341 @vindex bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref
3223 @lisp 3342 @lisp
3224 (setq bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref t) 3343 (setq bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref t)
3225 @end lisp 3344 @end lisp
3232 @itemize @bullet 3351 @itemize @bullet
3233 @item 3352 @item
3234 @b{LaTeX commands}@* 3353 @b{LaTeX commands}@*
3235 @cindex LaTeX commands, not found 3354 @cindex LaTeX commands, not found
3236 @code{\input}, @code{\include}, and @code{\section} (etc.) statements 3355 @code{\input}, @code{\include}, and @code{\section} (etc.) statements
3237 have to be first on a line (except for white space).@refill 3356 have to be first on a line (except for white space).
3238 3357
3239 @item 3358 @item
3240 @b{Commented regions}@* 3359 @b{Commented regions}@*
3241 @cindex Labels, commented out 3360 @cindex Labels, commented out
3242 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sees also labels in regions commented out and will refuse to 3361 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sees also labels in regions commented out and will refuse to
3243 make duplicates of such labels. This is considered to be a feature.@refill 3362 make duplicates of such labels. This is considered to be a feature.
3244 3363
3245 @item 3364 @item
3246 @b{Wrong section numbers}@* 3365 @b{Wrong section numbers}@*
3247 @cindex Section numbers, wrong 3366 @cindex Section numbers, wrong
3248 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans 3367 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
3249 When using partial scans (@code{reftex-enable-partial-scans}), the section 3368 When using partial scans (@code{reftex-enable-partial-scans}), the section
3250 numbers in the table of contents may eventually become wrong. A full 3369 numbers in the table of contents may eventually become wrong. A full
3251 scan will fix this.@refill 3370 scan will fix this.
3252 3371
3253 @item 3372 @item
3254 @b{Local settings}@* 3373 @b{Local settings}@*
3255 @cindex Settings, local 3374 @cindex Settings, local
3256 @findex reftex-add-label-environments 3375 @findex reftex-add-label-environments
3261 local to a document, because they would interfere with settings in other 3380 local to a document, because they would interfere with settings in other
3262 documents, you should use AUCTeX and set up style files with calls to 3381 documents, you should use AUCTeX and set up style files with calls to
3263 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}, @code{reftex-set-cite-format}, 3382 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}, @code{reftex-set-cite-format},
3264 @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, and @code{reftex-add-section-levels}. 3383 @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, and @code{reftex-add-section-levels}.
3265 Settings made with these functions remain local to the current 3384 Settings made with these functions remain local to the current
3266 document. @xref{AUCTeX}.@refill 3385 document. @xref{AUCTeX}.
3267 3386
3268 @item 3387 @item
3269 @b{Funny display in selection buffer}@* 3388 @b{Funny display in selection buffer}@*
3270 @cindex @code{x-symbol}, Emacs package 3389 @cindex @code{x-symbol}, Emacs package
3271 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{x-symbol} 3390 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{x-symbol}
3280 parts of a multifile document, because @b{Ref@TeX{}} visits these files 3399 parts of a multifile document, because @b{Ref@TeX{}} visits these files
3281 literally for speed reasons. Then both short context and section 3400 literally for speed reasons. Then both short context and section
3282 headings may look different from what you usually see on your screen. 3401 headings may look different from what you usually see on your screen.
3283 In rare cases @code{reftex-toc} may have problems to jump to an affected 3402 In rare cases @code{reftex-toc} may have problems to jump to an affected
3284 section heading. There are three possible ways to deal with 3403 section heading. There are three possible ways to deal with
3285 this:@refill 3404 this:
3286 @itemize @minus 3405 @itemize @minus
3287 @item 3406 @item
3288 @vindex reftex-keep-temporary-buffers 3407 @vindex reftex-keep-temporary-buffers
3289 @code{(setq reftex-keep-temporary-buffers t)}@* 3408 @code{(setq reftex-keep-temporary-buffers t)}@*
3290 This implies that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will load all parts of a multifile 3409 This implies that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will load all parts of a multifile
3291 document into Emacs (i.e. there won't be any temporary buffers).@refill 3410 document into Emacs (i.e. there won't be any temporary buffers).
3292 @item 3411 @item
3293 @vindex reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers 3412 @vindex reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers
3294 @code{(setq reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers t)}@* 3413 @code{(setq reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers t)}@*
3295 This means full initialization of temporary buffers. It involves 3414 This means full initialization of temporary buffers. It involves
3296 a penalty when the same unvisited file is used for lookup often.@refill 3415 a penalty when the same unvisited file is used for lookup often.
3297 @item 3416 @item
3298 Set @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers} to a list of hook 3417 Set @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers} to a list of hook
3299 functions doing a minimal initialization.@refill 3418 functions doing a minimal initialization.
3300 @end itemize 3419 @end itemize
3301 @vindex reftex-refontify-context 3420 @vindex reftex-refontify-context
3302 See also the variable @code{reftex-refontify-context}. 3421 See also the variable @code{reftex-refontify-context}.
3303 3422
3304 @item 3423 @item
3330 @code{step+} environment we actually tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} to look for the 3449 @code{step+} environment we actually tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} to look for the
3331 @emph{macro} @samp{\begin@{step+@}} and interpret the @emph{first} 3450 @emph{macro} @samp{\begin@{step+@}} and interpret the @emph{first}
3332 argument (which really is a second argument to the macro @code{\begin}) 3451 argument (which really is a second argument to the macro @code{\begin})
3333 as a label of type @code{?p}. Argument count for this macro starts only 3452 as a label of type @code{?p}. Argument count for this macro starts only
3334 after the @samp{@{step+@}}, also when specifying how to get 3453 after the @samp{@{step+@}}, also when specifying how to get
3335 context.@refill 3454 context.
3336 3455
3337 @item 3456 @item
3338 @b{Idle timers in XEmacs}@* 3457 @b{Idle timers in XEmacs}@*
3339 @cindex Idle timer restart 3458 @cindex Idle timer restart
3340 @vindex reftex-use-itimer-in-xemacs 3459 @vindex reftex-use-itimer-in-xemacs
3350 @b{Viper mode}@* 3469 @b{Viper mode}@*
3351 @cindex Viper mode 3470 @cindex Viper mode
3352 @cindex Key bindings, problems with Viper mode 3471 @cindex Key bindings, problems with Viper mode
3353 @findex viper-harness-minor-mode 3472 @findex viper-harness-minor-mode
3354 With @i{Viper} mode prior to Vipers version 3.01, you need to protect 3473 With @i{Viper} mode prior to Vipers version 3.01, you need to protect
3355 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s keymaps with@refill 3474 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s keymaps with
3356 3475
3357 @lisp 3476 @lisp
3358 (viper-harness-minor-mode "reftex") 3477 (viper-harness-minor-mode "reftex")
3359 @end lisp 3478 @end lisp
3360 3479
3369 @cindex Thanks 3488 @cindex Thanks
3370 @cindex Bug reports 3489 @cindex Bug reports
3371 @cindex @code{http}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} home page 3490 @cindex @code{http}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} home page
3372 @cindex @code{ftp}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} site 3491 @cindex @code{ftp}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} site
3373 3492
3374 @b{Ref@TeX{}} was written by @i{@value{Carsten Dominik}} 3493 @b{Ref@TeX{}} was written by @i{Carsten Dominik}
3375 @email{dominik@@science.uva.nl}, with contributions by @i{Stephen 3494 @email{dominik@@science.uva.nl}, with contributions by @i{Stephen
3376 Eglen}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} is currently maintained by @refill 3495 Eglen}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} is currently maintained by
3377 3496
3378 @noindent 3497 @noindent
3379 @value{Carsten Dominik} @email{dominik@@science.uva.nl} 3498 Carsten Dominik <dominik@@science.uva.nl>
3380 3499
3381 If you have questions about @b{Ref@TeX{}}, there are several Usenet 3500 If you have questions about @b{Ref@TeX{}}, there are several Usenet
3382 groups which have competent readers: @code{comp.emacs}, 3501 groups which have competent readers: @code{comp.emacs},
3383 @code{gnu.emacs.help}, @code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.text.tex}. 3502 @code{gnu.emacs.help}, @code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.text.tex},
3384 You can also write directly to the maintainer. 3503 @code{de.comp.text.tex}. You can also write directly to the
3504 maintainer.
3385 3505
3386 If you find a bug in @b{Ref@TeX{}} or its documentation, or if you want 3506 If you find a bug in @b{Ref@TeX{}} or its documentation, or if you want
3387 to contribute code or ideas, please 3507 to contribute code or ideas, please @value{MAINTAINERCONTACT}. Remember
3388 @uref{mailto:dominik@@science.uva.nl,contact the maintainer}. Remember
3389 to provide all necessary information such as version numbers of Emacs 3508 to provide all necessary information such as version numbers of Emacs
3390 and @b{Ref@TeX{}}, and the relevant part of your configuration in 3509 and @b{Ref@TeX{}}, and the relevant part of your configuration in
3391 @file{.emacs}. When reporting a bug which throws an exception, please 3510 @file{.emacs}. When reporting a bug which throws an exception, please
3392 include a backtrace if you know how to produce one. 3511 include a backtrace if you know how to produce one.
3393 3512
3394 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre-installed with Emacs since version 20.2. 3513 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre-installed with Emacs since version 20.2.
3395 It was also bundled and pre-installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x. XEmacs 3514 It was also bundled and pre-installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x. XEmacs
3396 21.x users want to install the corresponding plugin package which is 3515 21.x users want to install the corresponding plugin package which is
3397 available from the XEmacs @code{ftp} site. See the XEmacs 21.x 3516 available from the @value{XEMACSFTP}. See the XEmacs 21.x
3398 documentation on package installation for details.@refill 3517 documentation on package installation for details.
3399 3518
3400 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a 3519 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a
3401 @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the 3520 @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the @value{MAINTAINERSITE}. Note that
3402 @uref{http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/,maintainers 3521 the Emacs 19 version supports many but not all features described in
3403 webpage}. Note that the Emacs 19 version supports many but not all 3522 this manual.
3404 features described in this manual.@refill
3405 3523
3406 Thanks to the people on the Net who have used @b{Ref@TeX{}} and helped 3524 Thanks to the people on the Net who have used @b{Ref@TeX{}} and helped
3407 developing it with their reports. In particular thanks to @i{Fran 3525 developing it with their reports. In particular thanks to @i{Ralf
3408 Burstall, Alastair Burt, Lars Clausen, Soren Dayton, Stephen Eglen, Karl 3526 Angeli, Fran Burstall, Alastair Burt, Lars Clausen, Soren Dayton,
3409 Eichwalder, Erik Frik, Erik Frisk, Peter Galbraith, Kai Grossjohann, 3527 Stephen Eglen, Karl Eichwalder, Erik Frisk, Peter Galbraith, Kai
3410 Frank Harrell, Stephan Heuel, Alan Ho, Lute Kamstra, Dieter Kraft, 3528 Grossjohann, Frank Harrell, Till A. Heilmann, Peter Heslin, Stephan
3411 Adrian Lanz, Rory Molinari, Stefan Monnier, Laurent Mugnier, Sudeep 3529 Heuel, Alan Ho, Lute Kamstra, Dieter Kraft, David Kastrup, Adrian Lanz,
3412 Kumar Palat, Daniel Polani, Alan Shutko, Robin Socha, Richard Stanton, 3530 Juri Linkov, Rory Molinari, Stefan Monnier, Laurent Mugnier, Dan
3413 Allan Strand, Jan Vroonhof, Christoph Wedler, Alan Williams, Roland 3531 Nicolaescu, Sudeep Kumar Palat, Daniel Polani, Alan Shutko, Robin Socha,
3414 Winkler, Eli Zaretskii}.@refill 3532 Richard Stanton, Allan Strand, Jan Vroonhof, Christoph Wedler, Alan
3533 Williams, Roland Winkler, Hans-Christoph Wirth, Eli Zaretskii}.
3534
3415 3535
3416 The @code{view-crossref} feature was inspired by @i{Peter Galbraith's} 3536 The @code{view-crossref} feature was inspired by @i{Peter Galbraith's}
3417 @file{bib-cite.el}.@refill 3537 @file{bib-cite.el}.
3418 3538
3419 Finally thanks to @i{Uwe Bolick} who first got me (some years ago) into 3539 Finally thanks to @i{Uwe Bolick} who first got me interested in
3420 supporting LaTeX labels and references with an editor (which was 3540 supporting LaTeX labels and references with an editor (which was
3421 MicroEmacs at the time).@refill 3541 MicroEmacs at the time).
3422 3542
3423 @node Commands, Options, Imprint, Top 3543 @node Commands, Options, Imprint, Top
3424 @chapter Commands 3544 @chapter Commands
3425 @cindex Commands, list of 3545 @cindex Commands, list of
3426 3546
3429 not described here. All commands are available from the @code{Ref} 3549 not described here. All commands are available from the @code{Ref}
3430 menu. See @xref{Key Bindings}. 3550 menu. See @xref{Key Bindings}.
3431 3551
3432 @deffn Command reftex-toc 3552 @deffn Command reftex-toc
3433 Show the table of contents for the current document. When called with 3553 Show the table of contents for the current document. When called with
3434 one ore two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan the document first.@refill 3554 one ore two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan the document first.
3435 @end deffn 3555 @end deffn
3436 3556
3437 @deffn Command reftex-label 3557 @deffn Command reftex-label
3438 Insert a unique label. With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, enforce 3558 Insert a unique label. With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, enforce
3439 document rescan first. 3559 document rescan first.
3448 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. After prompting for a regular 3568 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. After prompting for a regular
3449 expression, scans the buffers with BibTeX entries (taken from the 3569 expression, scans the buffers with BibTeX entries (taken from the
3450 @code{\bibliography} command or a @code{thebibliography} environment) 3570 @code{\bibliography} command or a @code{thebibliography} environment)
3451 and offers the matching entries for selection. The selected entry is 3571 and offers the matching entries for selection. The selected entry is
3452 formatted according to @code{reftex-cite-format} and inserted into the 3572 formatted according to @code{reftex-cite-format} and inserted into the
3453 buffer.@refill @* 3573 buffer. @*
3454 When called with one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, first rescans the 3574 When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefixe, prompt for optional arguments in
3455 document. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. 3575 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations.
3456 When called with point inside the braces of a @code{\cite} command, it 3576 When called with point inside the braces of a @code{\cite} command, it
3457 will add another key, ignoring the value of 3577 will add another key, ignoring the value of
3458 @code{reftex-cite-format}.@refill @* 3578 @code{reftex-cite-format}. @*
3459 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: @samp{&&} is interpreted 3579 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: @samp{&&} is interpreted
3460 as @code{and}. Thus, @samp{aaaa&&bbb} matches entries which contain 3580 as @code{and}. Thus, @samp{aaaa&&bbb} matches entries which contain
3461 both @samp{aaaa} and @samp{bbb}. While entering the regexp, completion 3581 both @samp{aaaa} and @samp{bbb}. While entering the regexp, completion
3462 on knows citation keys is possible. @samp{=} is a good regular 3582 on knows citation keys is possible. @samp{=} is a good regular
3463 expression to match all entries in all files.@refill 3583 expression to match all entries in all files.
3464 @end deffn 3584 @end deffn
3465 3585
3466 @deffn Command reftex-index 3586 @deffn Command reftex-index
3467 Query for an index macro and insert it along with its arguments. The 3587 Query for an index macro and insert it along with its arguments. The
3468 index macros available are those defined in @code{reftex-index-macro} or 3588 index macros available are those defined in @code{reftex-index-macro} or
3469 by a call to @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, typically from an AUCTeX 3589 by a call to @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, typically from an AUCTeX
3470 style file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides completion for the index tag and the 3590 style file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides completion for the index tag and the
3471 index key, and will prompt for other arguments.@refill 3591 index key, and will prompt for other arguments.
3472 @end deffn 3592 @end deffn
3473 3593
3474 @deffn Command reftex-index-selection-or-word 3594 @deffn Command reftex-index-selection-or-word
3475 Put current selection or the word near point into the default index 3595 Put current selection or the word near point into the default index
3476 macro. This uses the information in @code{reftex-index-default-macro} 3596 macro. This uses the information in @code{reftex-index-default-macro}
3478 the word near point. When called with one @kbd{C-u} prefix, let the 3598 the word near point. When called with one @kbd{C-u} prefix, let the
3479 user have a chance to edit the index entry. When called with 2 3599 user have a chance to edit the index entry. When called with 2
3480 @kbd{C-u} as prefix, also ask for the index macro and other stuff. When 3600 @kbd{C-u} as prefix, also ask for the index macro and other stuff. When
3481 called inside TeX math mode as determined by the @file{texmathp.el} 3601 called inside TeX math mode as determined by the @file{texmathp.el}
3482 library which is part of AUCTeX, the string is first processed with the 3602 library which is part of AUCTeX, the string is first processed with the
3483 @code{reftex-index-math-format}, which see.@refill 3603 @code{reftex-index-math-format}, which see.
3484 @end deffn 3604 @end deffn
3485 3605
3486 @deffn Command reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word 3606 @deffn Command reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word
3487 Add current selection or the word at point to the phrases buffer. 3607 Add current selection or the word at point to the phrases buffer.
3488 When you are in transient-mark-mode and the region is active, the 3608 When you are in transient-mark-mode and the region is active, the
3505 Display a buffer with an index compiled from the current document. 3625 Display a buffer with an index compiled from the current document.
3506 When the document has multiple indices, first prompts for the correct one. 3626 When the document has multiple indices, first prompts for the correct one.
3507 When index support is turned off, offer to turn it on. 3627 When index support is turned off, offer to turn it on.
3508 With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan document first. 3628 With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan document first.
3509 With prefix 2, restrict index to current document section. 3629 With prefix 2, restrict index to current document section.
3510 With prefix 3, restrict index to active region.@refill 3630 With prefix 3, restrict index to active region.
3511 @end deffn 3631 @end deffn
3512 3632
3513 @deffn Command reftex-view-crossref 3633 @deffn Command reftex-view-crossref
3514 View cross reference of macro at point. Point must be on the @var{key} 3634 View cross reference of macro at point. Point must be on the @var{key}
3515 argument. Works with the macros @code{\label}, @code{\ref}, 3635 argument. Works with the macros @code{\label}, @code{\ref},
3530 @end deffn 3650 @end deffn
3531 3651
3532 @deffn Command reftex-create-tags-file 3652 @deffn Command reftex-create-tags-file
3533 Create TAGS file by running @code{etags} on the current document. The 3653 Create TAGS file by running @code{etags} on the current document. The
3534 TAGS file is also immediately visited with 3654 TAGS file is also immediately visited with
3535 @code{visit-tags-table}.@refill 3655 @code{visit-tags-table}.
3536 @end deffn 3656 @end deffn
3537 3657
3538 @deffn Command reftex-grep-document 3658 @deffn Command reftex-grep-document
3539 Run grep query through all files related to this document. 3659 Run grep query through all files related to this document.
3540 With prefix arg, force to rescan document. 3660 With prefix arg, force to rescan document.
3541 No active TAGS table is required.@refill 3661 No active TAGS table is required.
3542 @end deffn 3662 @end deffn
3543 3663
3544 @deffn Command reftex-search-document 3664 @deffn Command reftex-search-document
3545 Regexp search through all files of the current document. 3665 Regexp search through all files of the current document.
3546 Starts always in the master file. Stops when a match is found. 3666 Starts always in the master file. Stops when a match is found.
3547 No active TAGS table is required.@refill 3667 No active TAGS table is required.
3548 @end deffn 3668 @end deffn
3549 3669
3550 @deffn Command reftex-query-replace-document 3670 @deffn Command reftex-query-replace-document
3551 Run a query-replace-regexp of @var{from} with @var{to} over the entire 3671 Run a query-replace-regexp of @var{from} with @var{to} over the entire
3552 document. With prefix arg, replace only word-delimited matches. No 3672 document. With prefix arg, replace only word-delimited matches. No
3553 active TAGS table is required.@refill 3673 active TAGS table is required.
3674 @end deffn
3675
3676 @deffn Command reftex-isearch-minor-mode
3677 Toggle a minor mode which enables incremental search to work globally
3678 on the entire multifile document. Files will be searched in th
3679 sequence they appear in the document.
3554 @end deffn 3680 @end deffn
3555 3681
3556 @deffn Command reftex-goto-label 3682 @deffn Command reftex-goto-label
3557 Prompt for a label (with completion) and jump to the location of this 3683 Prompt for a label (with completion) and jump to the location of this
3558 label. Optional prefix argument @var{other-window} goes to the label in 3684 label. Optional prefix argument @var{other-window} goes to the label in
3561 3687
3562 3688
3563 @deffn Command reftex-change-label 3689 @deffn Command reftex-change-label
3564 Query replace @var{from} with @var{to} in all @code{\label} and 3690 Query replace @var{from} with @var{to} in all @code{\label} and
3565 @code{\ref} commands. Works on the entire multifile document. No 3691 @code{\ref} commands. Works on the entire multifile document. No
3566 active TAGS table is required.@refill 3692 active TAGS table is required.
3567 @end deffn 3693 @end deffn
3568 3694
3569 @deffn Command reftex-renumber-simple-labels 3695 @deffn Command reftex-renumber-simple-labels
3570 Renumber all simple labels in the document to make them sequentially. 3696 Renumber all simple labels in the document to make them sequentially.
3571 Simple labels are the ones created by RefTeX, consisting only of the 3697 Simple labels are the ones created by RefTeX, consisting only of the
3573 have sequential numbers throughout the document. Any references to the 3699 have sequential numbers throughout the document. Any references to the
3574 labels will be changed as well. For this, @b{Ref@TeX{}} looks at the 3700 labels will be changed as well. For this, @b{Ref@TeX{}} looks at the
3575 arguments of any macros which either start or end with the string 3701 arguments of any macros which either start or end with the string
3576 @samp{ref}. This command should be used with care, in particular in 3702 @samp{ref}. This command should be used with care, in particular in
3577 multifile documents. You should not use it if another document refers 3703 multifile documents. You should not use it if another document refers
3578 to this one with the @code{xr} package.@refill 3704 to this one with the @code{xr} package.
3579 @end deffn 3705 @end deffn
3580 3706
3581 @deffn Command reftex-find-duplicate-labels 3707 @deffn Command reftex-find-duplicate-labels
3582 Produce a list of all duplicate labels in the document.@refill 3708 Produce a list of all duplicate labels in the document.
3709 @end deffn
3710
3711 @deffn Command reftex-create-bibtex-file
3712 Create a new BibTeX database file with all entries referenced in document.
3713 The command prompts for a filename and writes the collected entries to
3714 that file. Only entries referenced in the current document with
3715 any @code{\cite}-like macros are used.
3716 The sequence in the new file is the same as it was in the old database.
3583 @end deffn 3717 @end deffn
3584 3718
3585 @deffn Command reftex-customize 3719 @deffn Command reftex-customize
3586 Run the customize browser on the @b{Ref@TeX{}} group. 3720 Run the customize browser on the @b{Ref@TeX{}} group.
3587 @end deffn 3721 @end deffn
3605 3739
3606 Here is a complete list of @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration variables. All 3740 Here is a complete list of @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration variables. All
3607 variables have customize support - so if you are not familiar with Emacs 3741 variables have customize support - so if you are not familiar with Emacs
3608 Lisp (and even if you are) you might find it more comfortable to use 3742 Lisp (and even if you are) you might find it more comfortable to use
3609 @code{customize} to look at and change these variables. @kbd{M-x 3743 @code{customize} to look at and change these variables. @kbd{M-x
3610 reftex-customize} will get you there.@refill 3744 reftex-customize} will get you there.
3611 3745
3612 @menu 3746 @menu
3613 * Options (Table of Contents):: 3747 * Options (Table of Contents)::
3614 * Options (Defining Label Environments):: 3748 * Options (Defining Label Environments)::
3615 * Options (Creating Labels):: 3749 * Options (Creating Labels)::
3641 3775
3642 @defopt reftex-section-levels 3776 @defopt reftex-section-levels
3643 Commands and levels used for defining sections in the document. The 3777 Commands and levels used for defining sections in the document. The
3644 @code{car} of each cons cell is the name of the section macro. The 3778 @code{car} of each cons cell is the name of the section macro. The
3645 @code{cdr} is a number indicating its level. A negative level means the 3779 @code{cdr} is a number indicating its level. A negative level means the
3646 same as the positive value, but the section will never get a 3780 same as the positive value, but the section will never get a number.
3647 number. The @code{cdr} may also be a function which then has to return 3781 The @code{cdr} may also be a function which then has to return the
3648 the level.@refill 3782 level. This list is also used for promotion and demption of sectioning
3783 commands. If you are using a document class which has several sets of
3784 sectioning commands, promotion only works correctly if this list is
3785 sorted first by set, then within each set by level. The promotion
3786 commands always select the nearest entry with the correct new level.
3787
3649 @end defopt 3788 @end defopt
3650 3789
3651 @defopt reftex-toc-max-level 3790 @defopt reftex-toc-max-level
3652 The maximum level of toc entries which will be included in the TOC. 3791 The maximum level of toc entries which will be included in the TOC.
3653 Section headings with a bigger level will be ignored. In RefTeX, 3792 Section headings with a bigger level will be ignored. In RefTeX,
3654 chapters are level 1, sections level 2 etc. This variable can be 3793 chapters are level 1, sections level 2 etc. This variable can be
3655 changed from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{t} key.@refill 3794 changed from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{t} key.
3656 @end defopt 3795 @end defopt
3657 3796
3658 @defopt reftex-part-resets-chapter 3797 @defopt reftex-part-resets-chapter
3659 Non-@code{nil} means, @code{\part} is like any other sectioning command. 3798 Non-@code{nil} means, @code{\part} is like any other sectioning command.
3660 This means, part numbers will be included in the numbering of chapters, and 3799 This means, part numbers will be included in the numbering of chapters, and
3662 When @code{nil} (the default), parts are special, do not reset the 3801 When @code{nil} (the default), parts are special, do not reset the
3663 chapter counter and also do not show up in chapter numbers. 3802 chapter counter and also do not show up in chapter numbers.
3664 @end defopt 3803 @end defopt
3665 3804
3666 @defopt reftex-auto-recenter-toc 3805 @defopt reftex-auto-recenter-toc
3667 Non-@code{nil} means, initially turn automatic recentering of toc on. 3806 Non-@code{nil} means, turn automatic recentering of @file{*TOC*} window on.
3668 When active, the @file{*TOC*} buffer will always show the section you 3807 When active, the @file{*TOC*} window will always show the section you
3669 are currently working in. Recentering happens whenever Emacs is idle 3808 are currently working in. Recentering happens whenever Emacs is idle for
3670 for more than `reftex-idle-time' seconds. 3809 more than @code{reftex-idle-time} seconds.
3671 This feature can be turned on and off from the menu 3810
3811 Value @code{t} means, turn on immediately when RefTeX gets started. Then,
3812 recentering will work for any toc window created during the session.
3813
3814 Value @code{frame} (the default) means, turn automatic recentering on
3815 only while the dedicated TOC frame does exist, and do the recentering
3816 only in that frame. So when creating that frame (with @kbd{d} key in an
3817 ordinary TOC window), the automatic recentering is turned on. When the
3818 frame gets destroyed, automatic recentering is turned off again.
3819
3820 This feature can be turned on and off from the menu
3672 (Ref->Options). 3821 (Ref->Options).
3673 @end defopt 3822 @end defopt
3674 3823
3675 @defopt reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally 3824 @defopt reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally
3676 Non-@code{nil} means, create TOC window by splitting window 3825 Non-@code{nil} means, create TOC window by splitting window
3677 horizontally. The default is to split vertically. 3826 horizontally. The default is to split vertically.
3678 @end defopt 3827 @end defopt
3679 3828
3680 @defopt reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally-fraction 3829 @defopt reftex-toc-split-windows-fraction
3681 Fraction of the horizontal width of the frame to be used for TOC window. 3830 Fraction of the width or height of the frame to be used for TOC window.
3682 Only relevant when @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally} is
3683 non-@code{nil}.
3684 @end defopt 3831 @end defopt
3685 3832
3686 @defopt reftex-toc-keep-other-windows 3833 @defopt reftex-toc-keep-other-windows
3687 Non-@code{nil} means, split the selected window to display the 3834 Non-@code{nil} means, split the selected window to display the
3688 @file{*toc*} buffer. This helps to keep the window configuration, but 3835 @file{*toc*} buffer. This helps to keep the window configuration, but
3689 makes the @file{*toc*} small. When @code{nil}, all other windows except 3836 makes the @file{*toc*} small. When @code{nil}, all other windows except
3690 the selected one will be deleted, so that the @file{*toc*} window fills 3837 the selected one will be deleted, so that the @file{*toc*} window fills
3691 half the frame.@refill 3838 half the frame.
3692 @end defopt 3839 @end defopt
3693 3840
3694 @defopt reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries 3841 @defopt reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries
3695 Non-@code{nil} means, include file boundaries in @file{*toc*} buffer. 3842 Non-@code{nil} means, include file boundaries in @file{*toc*} buffer.
3696 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the 3843 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
3697 @kbd{i} key.@refill 3844 @kbd{i} key.
3698 @end defopt 3845 @end defopt
3699 3846
3700 @defopt reftex-toc-include-labels 3847 @defopt reftex-toc-include-labels
3701 Non-@code{nil} means, include labels in @file{*toc*} buffer. This flag 3848 Non-@code{nil} means, include labels in @file{*toc*} buffer. This flag
3702 can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{l} 3849 can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{l}
3703 key.@refill 3850 key.
3704 @end defopt 3851 @end defopt
3705 3852
3706 @defopt reftex-toc-include-index-entries 3853 @defopt reftex-toc-include-index-entries
3707 Non-@code{nil} means, include index entries in @file{*toc*} buffer. 3854 Non-@code{nil} means, include index entries in @file{*toc*} buffer.
3708 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the 3855 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
3711 3858
3712 @defopt reftex-toc-include-context 3859 @defopt reftex-toc-include-context
3713 Non-@code{nil} means, include context with labels in the @file{*toc*} 3860 Non-@code{nil} means, include context with labels in the @file{*toc*}
3714 buffer. Context will only be shown if the labels are visible as well. 3861 buffer. Context will only be shown if the labels are visible as well.
3715 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the 3862 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
3716 @kbd{c} key.@refill 3863 @kbd{c} key.
3717 @end defopt 3864 @end defopt
3718 3865
3719 @defopt reftex-toc-follow-mode 3866 @defopt reftex-toc-follow-mode
3720 Non-@code{nil} means, point in @file{*toc*} buffer (the 3867 Non-@code{nil} means, point in @file{*toc*} buffer (the
3721 table-of-contents buffer) will cause other window to follow. The other 3868 table-of-contents buffer) will cause other window to follow. The other
3722 window will show the corresponding part of the document. This flag can 3869 window will show the corresponding part of the document. This flag can
3723 be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{f} 3870 be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{f}
3724 key.@refill 3871 key.
3725 @end defopt 3872 @end defopt
3726 3873
3727 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-toc-mode-hook 3874 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-toc-mode-hook
3728 Normal hook which is run when a @file{*toc*} buffer is 3875 Normal hook which is run when a @file{*toc*} buffer is
3729 created.@refill 3876 created.
3730 @end deffn 3877 @end deffn
3731 3878
3732 @deffn Keymap reftex-toc-map 3879 @deffn Keymap reftex-toc-map
3733 The keymap which is active in the @file{*toc*} buffer. 3880 The keymap which is active in the @file{*toc*} buffer.
3734 (@pxref{Table of Contents}).@refill 3881 (@pxref{Table of Contents}).
3735 @end deffn 3882 @end deffn
3736 3883
3737 @node Options (Defining Label Environments), Options (Creating Labels), Options (Table of Contents), Options 3884 @node Options (Defining Label Environments), Options (Creating Labels), Options (Table of Contents), Options
3738 @section Defining Label Environments 3885 @section Defining Label Environments
3739 @cindex Options, defining label environments 3886 @cindex Options, defining label environments
3740 @cindex Defining label environments, options 3887 @cindex Defining label environments, options
3741 3888
3742 @defopt reftex-default-label-alist-entries 3889 @defopt reftex-default-label-alist-entries
3743 Default label alist specifications. It is a list of symbols with 3890 Default label alist specifications. It is a list of symbols with
3744 associations in the constant @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}. 3891 associations in the constant @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}.
3745 @code{LaTeX} should always be the last entry.@refill 3892 @code{LaTeX} should always be the last entry.
3746 @end defopt 3893 @end defopt
3747 3894
3748 @defopt reftex-label-alist 3895 @defopt reftex-label-alist
3749 Set this variable to define additions and changes to the defaults in 3896 Set this variable to define additions and changes to the defaults in
3750 @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}. The only things you 3897 @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}. The only things you
3751 @emph{must not} change is that @code{?s} is the type indicator for 3898 @emph{must not} change is that @code{?s} is the type indicator for
3752 section labels, and @key{SPC} for the @code{any} label type. These are 3899 section labels, and @key{SPC} for the @code{any} label type. These are
3753 hard-coded at other places in the code.@refill 3900 hard-coded at other places in the code.
3754 3901
3755 The value of the variable must be a list of items. Each item is a list 3902 The value of the variable must be a list of items. Each item is a list
3756 itself and has the following structure: 3903 itself and has the following structure:
3757 3904
3758 @example 3905 @example
3761 @end example 3908 @end example
3762 3909
3763 Each list entry describes either an environment carrying a counter for 3910 Each list entry describes either an environment carrying a counter for
3764 use with @code{\label} and @code{\ref}, or a LaTeX macro defining a 3911 use with @code{\label} and @code{\ref}, or a LaTeX macro defining a
3765 label as (or inside) one of its arguments. The elements of each list 3912 label as (or inside) one of its arguments. The elements of each list
3766 entry are:@refill 3913 entry are:
3767 3914
3768 @table @asis 3915 @table @asis
3769 @item @var{env-or-macro} 3916 @item @var{env-or-macro}
3770 Name of the environment (like @samp{table}) or macro (like 3917 Name of the environment (like @samp{table}) or macro (like
3771 @samp{\myfig}). For macros, indicate the arguments, as in 3918 @samp{\myfig}). For macros, indicate the arguments, as in
3772 @samp{\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}}. Use square brackets for optional 3919 @samp{\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}}. Use square brackets for optional
3773 arguments, a star to mark the label argument, if any. The macro does 3920 arguments, a star to mark the label argument, if any. The macro does
3774 not have to have a label argument - you could also use 3921 not have to have a label argument - you could also use
3775 @samp{\label@{...@}} inside one of its arguments.@refill 3922 @samp{\label@{...@}} inside one of its arguments.
3776 3923
3777 Special names: @code{section} for section labels, @code{any} to define a 3924 Special names: @code{section} for section labels, @code{any} to define a
3778 group which contains all labels.@refill 3925 group which contains all labels.
3779 3926
3780 This may also be a function to do local parsing and identify point to be 3927 This may also be a function to do local parsing and identify point to be
3781 in a non-standard label environment. The function must take an 3928 in a non-standard label environment. The function must take an
3782 argument @var{bound} and limit backward searches to this value. It 3929 argument @var{bound} and limit backward searches to this value. It
3783 should return either nil or a cons cell @code{(@var{function} 3930 should return either nil or a cons cell @code{(@var{function}
3784 . @var{position})} with the function symbol and the position where the 3931 . @var{position})} with the function symbol and the position where the
3785 special environment starts. See the Info documentation for an 3932 special environment starts. See the Info documentation for an
3786 example.@refill 3933 example.
3787 3934
3788 Finally this may also be @code{nil} if the entry is only meant to change 3935 Finally this may also be @code{nil} if the entry is only meant to change
3789 some settings associated with the type indicator character (see 3936 some settings associated with the type indicator character (see
3790 below).@refill 3937 below).
3791 3938
3792 @item @var{type-key} 3939 @item @var{type-key}
3793 Type indicator character, like @code{?t}, must be a printable ASCII 3940 Type indicator character, like @code{?t}, must be a printable ASCII
3794 character. The type indicator is a single character which defines a 3941 character. The type indicator is a single character which defines a
3795 label type. Any label inside the environment or macro is assumed to 3942 label type. Any label inside the environment or macro is assumed to
3796 belong to this type. The same character may occur several times in this 3943 belong to this type. The same character may occur several times in this
3797 list, to cover cases in which different environments carry the same 3944 list, to cover cases in which different environments carry the same
3798 label type (like @code{equation} and @code{eqnarray}). If the type 3945 label type (like @code{equation} and @code{eqnarray}). If the type
3799 indicator is @code{nil} and the macro has a label argument @samp{@{*@}}, 3946 indicator is @code{nil} and the macro has a label argument @samp{@{*@}},
3800 the macro defines neutral labels just like @code{\label}. In this case 3947 the macro defines neutral labels just like @code{\label}. In this case
3801 the reminder of this entry is ignored.@refill 3948 the reminder of this entry is ignored.
3802 3949
3803 @item @var{label-prefix} 3950 @item @var{label-prefix}
3804 Label prefix string, like @samp{tab:}. The prefix is a short string 3951 Label prefix string, like @samp{tab:}. The prefix is a short string
3805 used as the start of a label. It may be the empty string. The prefix 3952 used as the start of a label. It may be the empty string. The prefix
3806 may contain the following @samp{%} escapes:@refill 3953 may contain the following @samp{%} escapes:
3807 3954
3808 @example 3955 @example
3809 %f Current file name, directory and extension stripped. 3956 %f Current file name, directory and extension stripped.
3810 %F Current file name relative to master file directory. 3957 %F Current file name relative to master file directory.
3958 %m Master file name, directory and extension stripped.
3959 %M Directory name (without path) where master file is located.
3811 %u User login name, on systems which support this. 3960 %u User login name, on systems which support this.
3812 %S A section prefix derived with variable @code{reftex-section-prefixes}. 3961 %S A section prefix derived with variable @code{reftex-section-prefixes}.
3813 @end example 3962 @end example
3814 3963
3815 @noindent 3964 @noindent
3816 Example: In a file @file{intro.tex}, @samp{eq:%f:} will become 3965 Example: In a file @file{intro.tex}, @samp{eq:%f:} will become
3817 @samp{eq:intro:}.@refill 3966 @samp{eq:intro:}.
3818 3967
3819 @item @var{reference-format} 3968 @item @var{reference-format}
3820 Format string for reference insert in buffer. @samp{%s} will be 3969 Format string for reference insert in buffer. @samp{%s} will be
3821 replaced by the label. When the format starts with @samp{~}, this 3970 replaced by the label. When the format starts with @samp{~}, this
3822 @samp{~} will only be inserted when the character before point is 3971 @samp{~} will only be inserted when the character before point is
3823 @emph{not} a whitespace.@refill 3972 @emph{not} a whitespace.
3824 3973
3825 @item @var{context-method} 3974 @item @var{context-method}
3826 Indication on how to find the short context. 3975 Indication on how to find the short context.
3827 @itemize @minus 3976 @itemize @minus
3828 @item 3977 @item
3829 If @code{nil}, use the text following the @samp{\label@{...@}} macro.@refill 3978 If @code{nil}, use the text following the @samp{\label@{...@}} macro.
3830 @item 3979 @item
3831 If @code{t}, use 3980 If @code{t}, use
3832 @itemize @minus 3981 @itemize @minus
3833 @item 3982 @item
3834 the section heading for section labels. 3983 the section heading for section labels.
3835 @item 3984 @item
3836 text following the @samp{\begin@{...@}} statement of environments (not 3985 text following the @samp{\begin@{...@}} statement of environments (not
3837 a good choice for environments like eqnarray or enumerate, where one has 3986 a good choice for environments like eqnarray or enumerate, where one has
3838 several labels in a single environment).@refill 3987 several labels in a single environment).
3839 @item 3988 @item
3840 text after the macro name (starting with the first arg) for 3989 text after the macro name (starting with the first arg) for
3841 macros.@refill 3990 macros.
3842 @end itemize 3991 @end itemize
3843 @item 3992 @item
3844 If an integer, use the nth argument of the macro. As a special case, 3993 If an integer, use the nth argument of the macro. As a special case,
3845 1000 means to get text after the last macro argument.@refill 3994 1000 means to get text after the last macro argument.
3846 @item 3995 @item
3847 If a string, use as regexp to search @emph{backward} from the label. 3996 If a string, use as regexp to search @emph{backward} from the label.
3848 Context is then the text following the end of the match. E.g. putting 3997 Context is then the text following the end of the match. E.g. putting
3849 this to @samp{\\caption[[@{]} will use the caption in a figure or table 3998 this to @samp{\\caption[[@{]} will use the caption in a figure or table
3850 environment. @samp{\\begin@{eqnarray@}\|\\\\} works for 3999 environment. @samp{\\begin@{eqnarray@}\|\\\\} works for
3851 eqnarrays.@refill 4000 eqnarrays.
3852 @item 4001 @item
3853 If any of @code{caption}, @code{item}, @code{eqnarray-like}, 4002 If any of @code{caption}, @code{item}, @code{eqnarray-like},
3854 @code{alignat-like}, this symbol will internally be translated into an 4003 @code{alignat-like}, this symbol will internally be translated into an
3855 appropriate regexp (see also the variable 4004 appropriate regexp (see also the variable
3856 @code{reftex-default-context-regexps}).@refill 4005 @code{reftex-default-context-regexps}).
3857 @item 4006 @item
3858 If a function, call this function with the name of the environment/macro 4007 If a function, call this function with the name of the environment/macro
3859 as argument. On call, point will be just after the @code{\label} macro. 4008 as argument. On call, point will be just after the @code{\label} macro.
3860 The function is expected to return a suitable context string. It should 4009 The function is expected to return a suitable context string. It should
3861 throw an exception (error) when failing to find context. As an example, 4010 throw an exception (error) when failing to find context. As an example,
3862 here is a function returning the 10 chars following the label macro as 4011 here is a function returning the 10 chars following the label macro as
3863 context:@refill 4012 context:
3864 4013
3865 @example 4014 @example
3866 (defun my-context-function (env-or-mac) 4015 (defun my-context-function (env-or-mac)
3867 (if (> (point-max) (+ 10 (point))) 4016 (if (> (point-max) (+ 10 (point)))
3868 (buffer-substring (point) (+ 10 (point))) 4017 (buffer-substring (point) (+ 10 (point)))
3873 Label context is used in two ways by @b{Ref@TeX{}}: For display in the label 4022 Label context is used in two ways by @b{Ref@TeX{}}: For display in the label
3874 menu, and to derive a label string. If you want to use a different 4023 menu, and to derive a label string. If you want to use a different
3875 method for each of these, specify them as a dotted pair. 4024 method for each of these, specify them as a dotted pair.
3876 E.g. @code{(nil . t)} uses the text after the label (@code{nil}) for 4025 E.g. @code{(nil . t)} uses the text after the label (@code{nil}) for
3877 display, and text from the default position (@code{t}) to derive a label 4026 display, and text from the default position (@code{t}) to derive a label
3878 string. This is actually used for section labels.@refill 4027 string. This is actually used for section labels.
3879 4028
3880 @item @var{magic-word-list} 4029 @item @var{magic-word-list}
3881 List of magic words which identify a reference to be of this type. If 4030 List of magic words which identify a reference to be of this type. If
3882 the word before point is equal to one of these words when calling 4031 the word before point is equal to one of these words when calling
3883 @code{reftex-reference}, the label list offered will be automatically 4032 @code{reftex-reference}, the label list offered will be automatically
3884 restricted to labels of the correct type. If the first element of this 4033 restricted to labels of the correct type. If the first element of this
3885 word--list is the symbol `regexp', the strings are interpreted as regular 4034 word--list is the symbol `regexp', the strings are interpreted as regular
3886 expressions.@refill 4035 expressions.
3887 4036
3888 @item @var{toc-level} 4037 @item @var{toc-level}
3889 The integer level at which this environment should be added to the table 4038 The integer level at which this environment should be added to the table
3890 of contents. See also @code{reftex-section-levels}. A positive value 4039 of contents. See also @code{reftex-section-levels}. A positive value
3891 will number the entries mixed with the sectioning commands of the same 4040 will number the entries mixed with the sectioning commands of the same
3892 level. A negative value will make unnumbered entries. Useful only for 4041 level. A negative value will make unnumbered entries. Useful only for
3893 theorem-like environments which structure the document. Will be ignored 4042 theorem-like environments which structure the document. Will be ignored
3894 for macros. When omitted or @code{nil}, no TOC entries will be 4043 for macros. When omitted or @code{nil}, no TOC entries will be
3895 made.@refill 4044 made.
3896 @end table 4045 @end table
3897 4046
3898 If the type indicator characters of two or more entries are the same, 4047 If the type indicator characters of two or more entries are the same,
3899 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will use@refill 4048 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will use
3900 @itemize @minus 4049 @itemize @minus
3901 @item 4050 @item
3902 the first non-@code{nil} format and prefix 4051 the first non-@code{nil} format and prefix
3903 @item 4052 @item
3904 the magic words of all involved entries. 4053 the magic words of all involved entries.
3905 @end itemize 4054 @end itemize
3906 4055
3907 Any list entry may also be a symbol. If that has an association in 4056 Any list entry may also be a symbol. If that has an association in
3908 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}, the @code{cddr} of that association is 4057 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}, the @code{cddr} of that association is
3909 spliced into the list. However, builtin defaults should normally be set 4058 spliced into the list. However, builtin defaults should normally be set
3910 with the variable @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}.@refill 4059 with the variable @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}.
3911 @end defopt 4060 @end defopt
3912 4061
3913 @defopt reftex-section-prefixes 4062 @defopt reftex-section-prefixes
3914 Prefixes for section labels. When the label prefix given in an entry in 4063 Prefixes for section labels. When the label prefix given in an entry in
3915 @code{reftex-label-alist} contains @samp{%S}, this list is used to 4064 @code{reftex-label-alist} contains @samp{%S}, this list is used to
3922 4071
3923 @defopt reftex-default-context-regexps 4072 @defopt reftex-default-context-regexps
3924 Alist with default regular expressions for finding context. The emacs 4073 Alist with default regular expressions for finding context. The emacs
3925 lisp form @w{@code{(format regexp (regexp-quote environment))}} is used 4074 lisp form @w{@code{(format regexp (regexp-quote environment))}} is used
3926 to calculate the final regular expression - so @samp{%s} will be 4075 to calculate the final regular expression - so @samp{%s} will be
3927 replaced with the environment or macro.@refill 4076 replaced with the environment or macro.
4077 @end defopt
4078
4079 @defopt reftex-trust-label-prefix
4080 Non-@code{nil} means, trust the label prefix when determining label type.
4081 It is customary to use special label prefixes to distinguish different label
4082 types. The label prefixes have no syntactic meaning in LaTeX (unless
4083 special packages like fancyref) are being used. RefTeX can and by
4084 default does parse around each label to detect the correct label type,
4085 but this process can be slow when a document contains thousands of
4086 labels. If you use label prefixes consistently, you may speed up
4087 document parsing by setting this variable to a non-nil value. RefTeX
4088 will then compare the label prefix with the prefixes found in
4089 `reftex-label-alist' and derive the correct label type in this way.
4090 Possible values for this option are:
4091
4092 @example
4093 t @r{This means to trust any label prefixes found.}
4094 regexp @r{If a regexp, only prefixes matched by the regexp are trusted.}
4095 list @r{List of accepted prefixes, as strings. The colon is part of}
4096 @r{the prefix, e.g. ("fn:" "eqn:" "item:").}
4097 nil @r{Never trust a label prefix.}
4098 @end example
4099 The only disadvantage of using this feature is that the label context
4100 displayed in the label selection buffer along with each label is
4101 simply some text after the label definition. This is no problem if you
4102 place labels keeping this in mind (e.g. @i{before} the equation, @i{at
4103 the beginning} of a fig/tab caption ...). Anyway, it is probably best
4104 to use the regexp or the list value types to fine-tune this feature.
4105 For example, if your document contains thousands of footnotes with
4106 labels fn:xxx, you may want to set this variable to the value "^fn:$" or
4107 ("fn:"). Then RefTeX will still do extensive parsing for any
4108 non-footnote labels.
3928 @end defopt 4109 @end defopt
3929 4110
3930 @node Options (Creating Labels), Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Defining Label Environments), Options 4111 @node Options (Creating Labels), Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Defining Label Environments), Options
3931 @section Creating Labels 4112 @section Creating Labels
3932 @cindex Options, creating labels 4113 @cindex Options, creating labels
3939 (@var{derive} @var{prompt}) 4120 (@var{derive} @var{prompt})
3940 @end example 4121 @end example
3941 4122
3942 If @var{derive}is @code{t}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will try to derive a sensible 4123 If @var{derive}is @code{t}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will try to derive a sensible
3943 label from context. A section label for example will be derived from 4124 label from context. A section label for example will be derived from
3944 the section heading. The conversion of the context to a legal label is 4125 the section heading. The conversion of the context to a valid label is
3945 governed by the specifications given in 4126 governed by the specifications given in
3946 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}. If @var{derive} is @code{nil}, 4127 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}. If @var{derive} is @code{nil},
3947 the default label will consist of the prefix and a unique number, like 4128 the default label will consist of the prefix and a unique number, like
3948 @samp{eq:23}.@refill 4129 @samp{eq:23}.
3949 4130
3950 If @var{prompt} is @code{t}, the user will be prompted for a label 4131 If @var{prompt} is @code{t}, the user will be prompted for a label
3951 string. When @var{prompt} is @code{nil}, the default label will be 4132 string. When @var{prompt} is @code{nil}, the default label will be
3952 inserted without query.@refill 4133 inserted without query.
3953 4134
3954 So the combination of @var{derive} and @var{prompt} controls label 4135 So the combination of @var{derive} and @var{prompt} controls label
3955 insertion. Here is a table describing all four possibilities:@refill 4136 insertion. Here is a table describing all four possibilities:
3956 4137
3957 @example 4138 @example
3958 @group 4139 @group
3959 @var{derive} @var{prompt} @var{action} 4140 @var{derive} @var{prompt} @var{action}
3960 ----------------------------------------------------------- 4141 -----------------------------------------------------------
3968 Each flag may be set to @code{t}, @code{nil}, or a string of label type 4149 Each flag may be set to @code{t}, @code{nil}, or a string of label type
3969 letters indicating the label types for which it should be true. Thus, 4150 letters indicating the label types for which it should be true. Thus,
3970 the combination may be set differently for each label type. The default 4151 the combination may be set differently for each label type. The default
3971 settings @samp{"s"} and @samp{"sft"} mean: Derive section labels from 4152 settings @samp{"s"} and @samp{"sft"} mean: Derive section labels from
3972 headings (with confirmation). Prompt for figure and table labels. Use 4153 headings (with confirmation). Prompt for figure and table labels. Use
3973 simple labels without confirmation for everything else.@refill 4154 simple labels without confirmation for everything else.
3974 4155
3975 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure), 4156 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure),
3976 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n} 4157 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n}
3977 (footnote), @code{N} (endnote) plus any definitions in 4158 (footnote), @code{N} (endnote) plus any definitions in
3978 @code{reftex-label-alist}.@refill 4159 @code{reftex-label-alist}.
3979 @end defopt 4160 @end defopt
3980 4161
3981 @deffn Hook reftex-format-label-function 4162 @deffn Hook reftex-format-label-function
3982 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to 4163 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to
3983 insert as a label definition. The function will be called with two 4164 insert as a label definition. The function will be called with two
3984 arguments, the @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually 4165 arguments, the @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually
3985 @samp{\label@{%s@}}). It should return the string to insert into the 4166 @samp{\label@{%s@}}). It should return the string to insert into the
3986 buffer.@refill 4167 buffer.
3987 @end deffn 4168 @end deffn
3988 4169
3989 @deffn Hook reftex-string-to-label-function 4170 @deffn Hook reftex-string-to-label-function
3990 Function to turn an arbitrary string into a legal label. 4171 Function to turn an arbitrary string into a valid label.
3991 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default function uses the variable 4172 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default function uses the variable
3992 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}.@refill 4173 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}.
3993 @end deffn 4174 @end deffn
3994 4175
3995 @deffn Hook reftex-translate-to-ascii-function 4176 @deffn Hook reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
3996 Filter function which will process a context string before it is used to 4177 Filter function which will process a context string before it is used to
3997 derive a label from it. The intended application is to convert ISO or 4178 derive a label from it. The intended application is to convert ISO or
3998 Mule characters into something legal in labels. The default function 4179 Mule characters into something valid in labels. The default function
3999 @code{reftex-latin1-to-ascii} removes the accents from Latin-1 4180 @code{reftex-latin1-to-ascii} removes the accents from Latin-1
4000 characters. X-Symbol (>=2.6) sets this variable to the much more 4181 characters. X-Symbol (>=2.6) sets this variable to the much more
4001 general @code{x-symbol-translate-to-ascii}.@refill 4182 general @code{x-symbol-translate-to-ascii}.
4002 @end deffn 4183 @end deffn
4003 4184
4004 @defopt reftex-derive-label-parameters 4185 @defopt reftex-derive-label-parameters
4005 Parameters for converting a string into a label. This variable is a 4186 Parameters for converting a string into a label. This variable is a
4006 list of the following items:@refill 4187 list of the following items:
4007 @table @asis 4188 @table @asis
4008 @item @var{nwords} 4189 @item @var{nwords}
4009 Number of words to use. 4190 Number of words to use.
4010 @item @var{maxchar} 4191 @item @var{maxchar}
4011 Maximum number of characters in a label string. 4192 Maximum number of characters in a label string.
4012 @item @var{illegal} 4193 @item @var{invalid}
4013 @code{nil}: Throw away any words containing characters illegal in labels.@* 4194 @code{nil}: Throw away any words containing characters invalid in labels.@*
4014 @code{t}: Throw away only the illegal characters, not the whole word. 4195 @code{t}: Throw away only the invalid characters, not the whole word.
4015 @item @var{abbrev} 4196 @item @var{abbrev}
4016 @code{nil}: Never abbreviate words.@* 4197 @code{nil}: Never abbreviate words.@*
4017 @code{t}: Always abbreviate words (see @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}).@* 4198 @code{t}: Always abbreviate words (see @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}).@*
4018 @code{1}: Abbreviate words if necessary to shorten label string. 4199 @code{1}: Abbreviate words if necessary to shorten label string.
4019 @item @var{separator} 4200 @item @var{separator}
4024 @code{t}: Downcase words before putting them into the label.@* 4205 @code{t}: Downcase words before putting them into the label.@*
4025 @end table 4206 @end table
4026 @end defopt 4207 @end defopt
4027 4208
4028 @defopt reftex-label-illegal-re 4209 @defopt reftex-label-illegal-re
4029 Regexp matching characters not legal in labels. 4210 Regexp matching characters not valid in labels.
4030 @end defopt 4211 @end defopt
4031 4212
4032 @defopt reftex-abbrev-parameters 4213 @defopt reftex-abbrev-parameters
4033 Parameters for abbreviation of words. A list of four parameters.@refill 4214 Parameters for abbreviation of words. A list of four parameters.
4034 @table @asis 4215 @table @asis
4035 @item @var{min-chars} 4216 @item @var{min-chars}
4036 Minimum number of characters remaining after abbreviation. 4217 Minimum number of characters remaining after abbreviation.
4037 @item @var{min-kill} 4218 @item @var{min-kill}
4038 Minimum number of characters to remove when abbreviating words.@refill 4219 Minimum number of characters to remove when abbreviating words.
4039 @item @var{before} 4220 @item @var{before}
4040 Character class before abbrev point in word.@refill 4221 Character class before abbrev point in word.
4041 @item @var{after} 4222 @item @var{after}
4042 Character class after abbrev point in word.@refill 4223 Character class after abbrev point in word.
4043 @end table 4224 @end table
4044 @end defopt 4225 @end defopt
4045 4226
4046 @node Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Creating Citations), Options (Creating Labels), Options 4227 @node Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Creating Citations), Options (Creating Labels), Options
4047 @section Referencing Labels 4228 @section Referencing Labels
4050 4231
4051 @defopt reftex-label-menu-flags 4232 @defopt reftex-label-menu-flags
4052 List of flags governing the label menu makeup. The flags are: 4233 List of flags governing the label menu makeup. The flags are:
4053 @table @asis 4234 @table @asis
4054 @item @var{table-of-contents} 4235 @item @var{table-of-contents}
4055 Show the labels embedded in a table of context.@refill 4236 Show the labels embedded in a table of context.
4056 @item @var{section-numbers} 4237 @item @var{section-numbers}
4057 Include section numbers (like 4.1.3) in table of contents.@refill 4238 Include section numbers (like 4.1.3) in table of contents.
4058 @item @var{counters} 4239 @item @var{counters}
4059 Show counters. This just numbers the labels in the menu.@refill 4240 Show counters. This just numbers the labels in the menu.
4060 @item @var{no-context} 4241 @item @var{no-context}
4061 Non-@code{nil} means do @emph{not} show the short context.@refill 4242 Non-@code{nil} means do @emph{not} show the short context.
4062 @item @var{follow} 4243 @item @var{follow}
4063 Follow full context in other window.@refill 4244 Follow full context in other window.
4064 @item @var{show-commented} 4245 @item @var{show-commented}
4065 Show labels from regions which are commented out.@refill 4246 Show labels from regions which are commented out.
4066 @item @var{match-everywhere} 4247 @item @var{match-everywhere}
4067 Obsolete flag.@refill 4248 Obsolete flag.
4068 @item @var{show-files} 4249 @item @var{show-files}
4069 Show begin and end of included files.@refill 4250 Show begin and end of included files.
4070 @end table 4251 @end table
4071 4252
4072 Each of these flags can be set to @code{t} or @code{nil}, or to a string 4253 Each of these flags can be set to @code{t} or @code{nil}, or to a string
4073 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be true. 4254 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be true.
4074 These strings work like character classes in regular expressions. Thus, 4255 These strings work like character classes in regular expressions. Thus,
4075 setting one of the flags to @samp{"sf"} makes the flag true for section 4256 setting one of the flags to @samp{"sf"} makes the flag true for section
4076 and figure labels, @code{nil} for everything else. Setting it to 4257 and figure labels, @code{nil} for everything else. Setting it to
4077 @samp{"^sf"} makes it the other way round.@refill 4258 @samp{"^sf"} makes it the other way round.
4078 4259
4079 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure), 4260 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure),
4080 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n} 4261 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n}
4081 (footnote), plus any definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist}.@refill 4262 (footnote), plus any definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist}.
4082 4263
4083 Most options can also be switched from the label menu itself - so if you 4264 Most options can also be switched from the label menu itself - so if you
4084 decide here to not have a table of contents in the label menu, you can 4265 decide here to not have a table of contents in the label menu, you can
4085 still get one interactively during selection from the label menu.@refill 4266 still get one interactively during selection from the label menu.
4086 @end defopt 4267 @end defopt
4087 4268
4088 @defopt reftex-multiref-punctuation 4269 @defopt reftex-multiref-punctuation
4089 Punctuation strings for multiple references. When marking is used in 4270 Punctuation strings for multiple references. When marking is used in
4090 the selection buffer to select several references, this variable 4271 the selection buffer to select several references, this variable
4091 associates the 3 marking characters @samp{,-+} with prefix strings to be 4272 associates the 3 marking characters @samp{,-+} with prefix strings to be
4092 inserted into the buffer before the corresponding @code{\ref} macro. 4273 inserted into the buffer before the corresponding @code{\ref} macro.
4093 This is used to string together whole reference sets, like 4274 This is used to string together whole reference sets, like
4094 @samp{eqs. 1,2,3-5,6 and 7} in a single call to 4275 @samp{eqs. 1,2,3-5,6 and 7} in a single call to
4095 @code{reftex-reference}.@refill 4276 @code{reftex-reference}.
4096 @end defopt 4277 @end defopt
4097 4278
4098 @defopt reftex-vref-is-default 4279 @defopt reftex-vref-is-default
4099 Non-@code{nil} means, the varioref macro @code{\vref} is used as 4280 Non-@code{nil} means, the varioref macro @code{\vref} is used as
4100 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{v} key toggles the reference 4281 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{v} key toggles the reference
4101 macro between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref}. The value of this variable 4282 macro between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref}. The value of this variable
4102 determines the default which is active when entering the selection 4283 determines the default which is active when entering the selection
4103 process. Instead of @code{nil} or @code{t}, this may also be a string 4284 process. Instead of @code{nil} or @code{t}, this may also be a string
4104 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be 4285 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be
4105 true.@refill 4286 true.
4106 @end defopt 4287 @end defopt
4107 4288
4108 @defopt reftex-fref-is-default 4289 @defopt reftex-fref-is-default
4109 Non-@code{nil} means, the fancyref macro @code{\fref} is used as 4290 Non-@code{nil} means, the fancyref macro @code{\fref} is used as
4110 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{V} key toggles the reference 4291 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{V} key toggles the reference
4121 changed with @code{reftex-label-alist}. This hook also is used by the 4302 changed with @code{reftex-label-alist}. This hook also is used by the
4122 special commands to insert @code{\vref} and @code{\fref} references, so 4303 special commands to insert @code{\vref} and @code{\fref} references, so
4123 even if you set this, your setting will be ignored by the special 4304 even if you set this, your setting will be ignored by the special
4124 commands. The function will be called with two arguments, the 4305 commands. The function will be called with two arguments, the
4125 @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually @samp{~\ref@{%s@}}). 4306 @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually @samp{~\ref@{%s@}}).
4126 It should return the string to insert into the buffer.@refill 4307 It should return the string to insert into the buffer.
4127 @end deffn 4308 @end deffn
4128 4309
4129 @defopt reftex-level-indent 4310 @defopt reftex-level-indent
4130 Number of spaces to be used for indentation per section level.@refill 4311 Number of spaces to be used for indentation per section level.
4131 @end defopt 4312 @end defopt
4132 4313
4133 @defopt reftex-guess-label-type 4314 @defopt reftex-guess-label-type
4134 Non-@code{nil} means, @code{reftex-reference} will try to guess the 4315 Non-@code{nil} means, @code{reftex-reference} will try to guess the
4135 label type. To do that, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will look at the word before the 4316 label type. To do that, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will look at the word before the
4136 cursor and compare it with the magic words given in 4317 cursor and compare it with the magic words given in
4137 @code{reftex-label-alist}. When it finds a match, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will 4318 @code{reftex-label-alist}. When it finds a match, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
4138 immediately offer the correct label menu - otherwise it will prompt you 4319 immediately offer the correct label menu - otherwise it will prompt you
4139 for a label type. If you set this variable to @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} 4320 for a label type. If you set this variable to @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
4140 will always prompt for a label type.@refill 4321 will always prompt for a label type.
4141 @end defopt 4322 @end defopt
4142 4323
4143 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-display-copied-context-hook 4324 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-display-copied-context-hook
4144 Normal Hook which is run before context is displayed anywhere. Designed 4325 Normal Hook which is run before context is displayed anywhere. Designed
4145 for @w{@code{X-Symbol}}, but may have other uses as well.@refill 4326 for @w{@code{X-Symbol}}, but may have other uses as well.
4146 @end deffn 4327 @end deffn
4147 4328
4148 @deffn Hook reftex-pre-refontification-functions 4329 @deffn Hook reftex-pre-refontification-functions
4149 @code{X-Symbol} specific hook. Probably not useful for other purposes. 4330 @code{X-Symbol} specific hook. Probably not useful for other purposes.
4150 The functions get two arguments, the buffer from where the command 4331 The functions get two arguments, the buffer from where the command
4151 started and a symbol indicating in what context the hook is 4332 started and a symbol indicating in what context the hook is
4152 called.@refill 4333 called.
4153 @end deffn 4334 @end deffn
4154 4335
4155 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-label-mode-hook 4336 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-label-mode-hook
4156 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters 4337 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters
4157 @code{reftex-select-label-mode}.@refill 4338 @code{reftex-select-label-mode}.
4158 @end deffn 4339 @end deffn
4159 4340
4160 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-label-map 4341 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-label-map
4161 The keymap which is active in the labels selection process 4342 The keymap which is active in the labels selection process
4162 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill 4343 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).
4163 @end deffn 4344 @end deffn
4164 4345
4165 @node Options (Creating Citations), Options (Index Support), Options (Referencing Labels), Options 4346 @node Options (Creating Citations), Options (Index Support), Options (Referencing Labels), Options
4166 @section Creating Citations 4347 @section Creating Citations
4167 @cindex Options, creating citations 4348 @cindex Options, creating citations
4174 @defopt reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps 4355 @defopt reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps
4175 List of regular expressions to exclude files in 4356 List of regular expressions to exclude files in
4176 @code{\\bibliography@{..@}}. File names matched by any of these regexps 4357 @code{\\bibliography@{..@}}. File names matched by any of these regexps
4177 will not be parsed. Intended for files which contain only 4358 will not be parsed. Intended for files which contain only
4178 @code{@@string} macro definitions and the like, which are ignored by 4359 @code{@@string} macro definitions and the like, which are ignored by
4179 @b{Ref@TeX{}} anyway.@refill 4360 @b{Ref@TeX{}} anyway.
4180 @end defopt 4361 @end defopt
4181 4362
4182 @defopt reftex-default-bibliography 4363 @defopt reftex-default-bibliography
4183 List of BibTeX database files which should be used if none are specified. 4364 List of BibTeX database files which should be used if none are specified.
4184 When @code{reftex-citation} is called from a document with neither 4365 When @code{reftex-citation} is called from a document with neither
4185 a @samp{\bibliography@{...@}} statement nor a @code{thebibliography} 4366 a @samp{\bibliography@{...@}} statement nor a @code{thebibliography}
4186 environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will scan these files instead. Intended for 4367 environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will scan these files instead. Intended for
4187 using @code{reftex-citation} in non-LaTeX files. The files will be 4368 using @code{reftex-citation} in non-LaTeX files. The files will be
4188 searched along the BIBINPUTS or TEXBIB path.@refill 4369 searched along the BIBINPUTS or TEXBIB path.
4189 @end defopt 4370 @end defopt
4190 4371
4191 @defopt reftex-sort-bibtex-matches 4372 @defopt reftex-sort-bibtex-matches
4192 Sorting of the entries found in BibTeX databases by reftex-citation. 4373 Sorting of the entries found in BibTeX databases by reftex-citation.
4193 Possible values:@refill 4374 Possible values:
4194 @example 4375 @example
4195 nil @r{Do not sort entries.} 4376 nil @r{Do not sort entries.}
4196 author @r{Sort entries by author name.} 4377 author @r{Sort entries by author name.}
4197 year @r{Sort entries by increasing year.} 4378 year @r{Sort entries by increasing year.}
4198 reverse-year @r{Sort entries by decreasing year.} 4379 reverse-year @r{Sort entries by decreasing year.}
4201 4382
4202 @defopt reftex-cite-format 4383 @defopt reftex-cite-format
4203 The format of citations to be inserted into the buffer. It can be a 4384 The format of citations to be inserted into the buffer. It can be a
4204 string, an alist or a symbol. In the simplest case this is just the string 4385 string, an alist or a symbol. In the simplest case this is just the string
4205 @samp{\cite@{%l@}}, which is also the default. See the definition of 4386 @samp{\cite@{%l@}}, which is also the default. See the definition of
4206 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin} for more complex examples.@refill 4387 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin} for more complex examples.
4207 4388
4208 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is a string, it will be used as the format. 4389 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is a string, it will be used as the format.
4209 In the format, the following percent escapes will be expanded.@refill 4390 In the format, the following percent escapes will be expanded.
4210 4391
4211 @table @code 4392 @table @code
4212 @item %l 4393 @item %l
4213 The BibTeX label of the citation. 4394 The BibTeX label of the citation.
4214 @item %a 4395 @item %a
4217 Like %a, but abbreviate more than 2 authors like Jones et al. 4398 Like %a, but abbreviate more than 2 authors like Jones et al.
4218 @item %A 4399 @item %A
4219 First author name only. 4400 First author name only.
4220 @item %e 4401 @item %e
4221 Works like @samp{%a}, but on list of editor names. (@samp{%2e} and 4402 Works like @samp{%a}, but on list of editor names. (@samp{%2e} and
4222 @samp{%E} work a well).@refill 4403 @samp{%E} work a well).
4223 @end table 4404 @end table
4224 4405
4225 It is also possible to access all other BibTeX database fields: 4406 It is also possible to access all other BibTeX database fields:
4226 4407
4227 @example 4408 @example
4233 %B booktitle, abbreviated %T title, abbreviated 4414 %B booktitle, abbreviated %T title, abbreviated
4234 @end example 4415 @end example
4235 4416
4236 @noindent 4417 @noindent
4237 Usually, only @samp{%l} is needed. The other stuff is mainly for the 4418 Usually, only @samp{%l} is needed. The other stuff is mainly for the
4238 echo area display, and for @code{(setq reftex-comment-citations t)}.@refill 4419 echo area display, and for @code{(setq reftex-comment-citations t)}.
4239 4420
4240 @samp{%<} as a special operator kills punctuation and space around it 4421 @samp{%<} as a special operator kills punctuation and space around it
4241 after the string has been formatted.@refill 4422 after the string has been formatted.
4423
4424 A pair of square brackets indicates an optional argument, and RefTeX
4425 will prompt for the values of these arguments.
4242 4426
4243 Beware that all this only works with BibTeX database files. When 4427 Beware that all this only works with BibTeX database files. When
4244 citations are made from the @code{\bibitems} in an explicit 4428 citations are made from the @code{\bibitems} in an explicit
4245 @code{thebibliography} environment, only @samp{%l} is available.@refill 4429 @code{thebibliography} environment, only @samp{%l} is available.
4246 4430
4247 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is an alist of characters and strings, the 4431 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is an alist of characters and strings, the
4248 user will be prompted for a character to select one of the possible 4432 user will be prompted for a character to select one of the possible
4249 format strings.@refill 4433 format strings.
4250 4434
4251 In order to configure this variable, you can either set 4435 In order to configure this variable, you can either set
4252 @code{reftex-cite-format} directly yourself or set it to the 4436 @code{reftex-cite-format} directly yourself or set it to the
4253 @emph{symbol} of one of the predefined styles. The predefined symbols 4437 @emph{symbol} of one of the predefined styles. The predefined symbols
4254 are those which have an association in the constant 4438 are those which have an association in the constant
4255 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin}) E.g.: @code{(setq reftex-cite-format 4439 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin}) E.g.: @code{(setq reftex-cite-format
4256 'natbib)}.@refill 4440 'natbib)}.
4257 @end defopt 4441 @end defopt
4258 4442
4259 @deffn Hook reftex-format-cite-function 4443 @deffn Hook reftex-format-cite-function
4260
4261 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to 4444 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to
4262 insert as a citation. Note that the citation format can also be changed 4445 insert as a citation. Note that the citation format can also be changed
4263 with the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. The function will be 4446 with the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. The function will be
4264 called with two arguments, the @var{citation-key} and the 4447 called with two arguments, the @var{citation-key} and the
4265 @var{default-format} (taken from @code{reftex-cite-format}). It should 4448 @var{default-format} (taken from @code{reftex-cite-format}). It should
4266 return the string to insert into the buffer.@refill 4449 return the string to insert into the buffer.
4267 @end deffn 4450 @end deffn
4451
4452 @defopt reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args
4453 Non-@code{nil} means, prompt for empty optional arguments in cite macros.
4454 When an entry in @code{reftex-cite-format} ist given with square brackets to
4455 indicate optional arguments (for example @samp{\\cite[][]@{%l@}}), RefTeX can
4456 prompt for values. Possible values are:
4457 @example
4458 nil @r{Never prompt for optional arguments}
4459 t @r{Always prompt}
4460 maybe @r{Prompt only if @code{reftex-citation} was called with C-u prefix arg}@end example
4461 Unnecessary empty optional arguments are removed before insertion into
4462 the buffer. See @code{reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args}.
4463 @end defopt
4464
4465 @defopt reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args
4466 Non-@code{nil} means, remove empty optional arguments from cite macros
4467 if possible.
4468 @end defopt
4268 4469
4269 @defopt reftex-comment-citations 4470 @defopt reftex-comment-citations
4270 Non-@code{nil} means add a comment for each citation describing the full 4471 Non-@code{nil} means add a comment for each citation describing the full
4271 entry. The comment is formatted according to 4472 entry. The comment is formatted according to
4272 @code{reftex-cite-comment-format}.@refill 4473 @code{reftex-cite-comment-format}.
4273 @end defopt 4474 @end defopt
4274 4475
4275 @defopt reftex-cite-comment-format 4476 @defopt reftex-cite-comment-format
4276 Citation format used for commented citations. Must @emph{not} contain 4477 Citation format used for commented citations. Must @emph{not} contain
4277 @samp{%l}. See the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible 4478 @samp{%l}. See the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible
4278 percent escapes.@refill 4479 percent escapes.
4279 @end defopt 4480 @end defopt
4280 4481
4281 @defopt reftex-cite-punctuation 4482 @defopt reftex-cite-punctuation
4282 Punctuation for formatting of name lists in citations. This is a list 4483 Punctuation for formatting of name lists in citations. This is a list
4283 of 3 strings.@refill 4484 of 3 strings.
4284 @enumerate 4485 @enumerate
4285 @item 4486 @item
4286 normal names separator, like @samp{, } in Jones, Brown and Miller 4487 normal names separator, like @samp{, } in Jones, Brown and Miller
4287 @item 4488 @item
4288 final names separator, like @samp{ and } in Jones, Brown and Miller 4489 final names separator, like @samp{ and } in Jones, Brown and Miller
4292 @end enumerate 4493 @end enumerate
4293 @end defopt 4494 @end defopt
4294 4495
4295 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-bib-mode-hook 4496 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-bib-mode-hook
4296 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters 4497 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters
4297 @code{reftex-select-bib-mode}.@refill 4498 @code{reftex-select-bib-mode}.
4298 @end deffn 4499 @end deffn
4299 4500
4300 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-bib-map 4501 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-bib-map
4301 The keymap which is active in the citation-key selection process 4502 The keymap which is active in the citation-key selection process
4302 (@pxref{Creating Citations}).@refill 4503 (@pxref{Creating Citations}).
4303 @end deffn 4504 @end deffn
4304 4505
4305 @node Options (Index Support), Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Creating Citations), Options 4506 @node Options (Index Support), Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Creating Citations), Options
4306 @section Index Support 4507 @section Index Support
4307 @cindex Options, Index support 4508 @cindex Options, Index support
4311 Non-@code{nil} means, index entries are parsed as well. Index support 4512 Non-@code{nil} means, index entries are parsed as well. Index support
4312 is resource intensive and the internal structure holding the parsed 4513 is resource intensive and the internal structure holding the parsed
4313 information can become quite big. Therefore it can be turned off. When 4514 information can become quite big. Therefore it can be turned off. When
4314 this is @code{nil} and you execute a command which requires index 4515 this is @code{nil} and you execute a command which requires index
4315 support, you will be asked for confirmation to turn it on and rescan the 4516 support, you will be asked for confirmation to turn it on and rescan the
4316 document.@refill 4517 document.
4317 @end defopt 4518 @end defopt
4318 4519
4319 @defopt reftex-index-special-chars 4520 @defopt reftex-index-special-chars
4320 List of special characters in index entries, given as strings. These 4521 List of special characters in index entries, given as strings. These
4321 correspond to the @code{MakeIndex} keywords 4522 correspond to the @code{MakeIndex} keywords
4329 (@var{macro} @var{index-tag} @var{key} @var{prefix} @var{exclude} @var{repeat}) 4530 (@var{macro} @var{index-tag} @var{key} @var{prefix} @var{exclude} @var{repeat})
4330 @end lisp 4531 @end lisp
4331 4532
4332 @var{macro} is the macro. Arguments should be denoted by empty braces, 4533 @var{macro} is the macro. Arguments should be denoted by empty braces,
4333 as for example in @samp{\index[]@{*@}}. Use square brackets to denote 4534 as for example in @samp{\index[]@{*@}}. Use square brackets to denote
4334 optional arguments. The star marks where the index key is.@refill 4535 optional arguments. The star marks where the index key is.
4335 4536
4336 @var{index-tag} is a short name of the index. @samp{idx} and @samp{glo} 4537 @var{index-tag} is a short name of the index. @samp{idx} and @samp{glo}
4337 are reserved for the default index and the glossary. Other indices can 4538 are reserved for the default index and the glossary. Other indices can
4338 be defined as well. If this is an integer, the Nth argument of the 4539 be defined as well. If this is an integer, the Nth argument of the
4339 macro holds the index tag.@refill 4540 macro holds the index tag.
4340 4541
4341 @var{key} is a character which is used to identify the macro for input 4542 @var{key} is a character which is used to identify the macro for input
4342 with @code{reftex-index}. @samp{?i}, @samp{?I}, and @samp{?g} are 4543 with @code{reftex-index}. @samp{?i}, @samp{?I}, and @samp{?g} are
4343 reserved for default index and glossary.@refill 4544 reserved for default index and glossary.
4344 4545
4345 @var{prefix} can be a prefix which is added to the @var{key} part of the 4546 @var{prefix} can be a prefix which is added to the @var{key} part of the
4346 index entry. If you have a macro 4547 index entry. If you have a macro
4347 @code{\newcommand@{\molec@}[1]@{#1\index@{Molecules!#1@}}, this prefix 4548 @code{\newcommand@{\molec@}[1]@{#1\index@{Molecules!#1@}}, this prefix
4348 should be @samp{Molecules!}.@refill 4549 should be @samp{Molecules!}.
4349 4550
4350 @var{exclude} can be a function. If this function exists and returns a 4551 @var{exclude} can be a function. If this function exists and returns a
4351 non-nil value, the index entry at point is ignored. This was 4552 non-@code{nil} value, the index entry at point is ignored. This was
4352 implemented to support the (deprecated) @samp{^} and @samp{_} shortcuts 4553 implemented to support the (deprecated) @samp{^} and @samp{_} shortcuts
4353 in the LaTeX2e @code{index} package.@refill 4554 in the LaTeX2e @code{index} package.
4354 4555
4355 @var{repeat}, if non-@code{nil}, means the index macro does not typeset 4556 @var{repeat}, if non-@code{nil}, means the index macro does not typeset
4356 the entry in the text, so that the text has to be repeated outside the 4557 the entry in the text, so that the text has to be repeated outside the
4357 index macro. Needed for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} and for 4558 index macro. Needed for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} and for
4358 indexing from the phrase buffer.@refill 4559 indexing from the phrase buffer.
4359 4560
4360 The final entry may also be a symbol. It must have an association in 4561 The final entry may also be a symbol. It must have an association in
4361 the variable @code{reftex-index-macros-builtin} to specify the main 4562 the variable @code{reftex-index-macros-builtin} to specify the main
4362 indexing package you are using. Legal values are currently@refill 4563 indexing package you are using. Valid values are currently
4363 @example 4564 @example
4364 default @r{The LaTeX default - unnecessary to specify this one} 4565 default @r{The LaTeX default - unnecessary to specify this one}
4365 multind @r{The multind.sty package} 4566 multind @r{The multind.sty package}
4366 index @r{The index.sty package} 4567 index @r{The index.sty package}
4367 index-shortcut @r{The index.sty packages with the ^ and _ shortcuts.} 4568 index-shortcut @r{The index.sty packages with the ^ and _ shortcuts.}
4381 4582
4382 @var{default-tag} is the tag to be used if the macro requires a 4583 @var{default-tag} is the tag to be used if the macro requires a
4383 @var{tag} argument. When this is @code{nil} and a @var{tag} is needed, 4584 @var{tag} argument. When this is @code{nil} and a @var{tag} is needed,
4384 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask for it. When this is the empty string and the 4585 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask for it. When this is the empty string and the
4385 TAG argument of the index macro is optional, the TAG argument will be 4586 TAG argument of the index macro is optional, the TAG argument will be
4386 omitted.@refill 4587 omitted.
4387 @end defopt 4588 @end defopt
4388 4589
4389 @defopt reftex-index-default-tag 4590 @defopt reftex-index-default-tag
4390 Default index tag. When working with multiple indexes, RefTeX queries 4591 Default index tag. When working with multiple indexes, RefTeX queries
4391 for an index tag when creating index entries or displaying a specific 4592 for an index tag when creating index entries or displaying a specific
4392 index. This variable controls the default offered for these queries. 4593 index. This variable controls the default offered for these queries.
4393 The default can be selected with @key{RET} during selection or 4594 The default can be selected with @key{RET} during selection or
4394 completion. Legal values of this variable are:@refill 4595 completion. Valid values of this variable are:
4395 @example 4596 @example
4396 nil @r{Do not provide a default index} 4597 nil @r{Do not provide a default index}
4397 "tag" @r{The default index tag given as a string, e.g. "idx"} 4598 "tag" @r{The default index tag given as a string, e.g. "idx"}
4398 last @r{The last used index tag will be offered as default} 4599 last @r{The last used index tag will be offered as default}
4399 @end example 4600 @end example
4403 Format of index entries when copied from inside math mode. When 4604 Format of index entries when copied from inside math mode. When
4404 @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} is executed inside TeX math mode, 4605 @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} is executed inside TeX math mode,
4405 the index key copied from the buffer is processed with this format 4606 the index key copied from the buffer is processed with this format
4406 string through the @code{format} function. This can be used to add the 4607 string through the @code{format} function. This can be used to add the
4407 math delimiters (e.g. @samp{$}) to the string. Requires the 4608 math delimiters (e.g. @samp{$}) to the string. Requires the
4408 @file{texmathp.el} library which is part of AUCTeX.@refill 4609 @file{texmathp.el} library which is part of AUCTeX.
4409 @end defopt 4610 @end defopt
4410 4611
4411 @defopt reftex-index-phrase-file-extension 4612 @defopt reftex-index-phrase-file-extension
4412 File extension for the index phrase file. This extension will be added 4613 File extension for the index phrase file. This extension will be added
4413 to the base name of the master file. 4614 to the base name of the master file.
4418 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by 4619 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by
4419 this operator, each part will generate an index macro. So each match of 4620 this operator, each part will generate an index macro. So each match of
4420 the search phrase will produce @emph{several} different index entries. 4621 the search phrase will produce @emph{several} different index entries.
4421 Make sure this does no match things which are not separators. This 4622 Make sure this does no match things which are not separators. This
4422 logical @samp{and} has higher priority than the logical @samp{or} 4623 logical @samp{and} has higher priority than the logical @samp{or}
4423 specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.@refill 4624 specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.
4424 @end defopt 4625 @end defopt
4425 4626
4426 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp 4627 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp
4427 Regexp matching the @samp{or} operator for index arguments in phrases 4628 Regexp matching the @samp{or} operator for index arguments in phrases
4428 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by 4629 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by
4429 this operator, the user will be asked to select one of them at each 4630 this operator, the user will be asked to select one of them at each
4430 match of the search phrase. The first index arg will be the default. A 4631 match of the search phrase. The first index arg will be the default. A
4431 number key @kbd{1}--@kbd{9} must be pressed to switch to another. Make 4632 number key @kbd{1}--@kbd{9} must be pressed to switch to another. Make
4432 sure this does no match things which are not separators. The logical 4633 sure this does no match things which are not separators. The logical
4433 @samp{and} specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp} 4634 @samp{and} specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}
4434 has higher priority than this logical @samp{or}.@refill 4635 has higher priority than this logical @samp{or}.
4435 @end defopt 4636 @end defopt
4436 4637
4437 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-search-whole-words 4638 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-search-whole-words
4438 Non-@code{nil} means phrases search will look for whole words, not subwords. 4639 Non-@code{nil} means phrases search will look for whole words, not subwords.
4439 This works by requiring word boundaries at the beginning and end of 4640 This works by requiring word boundaries at the beginning and end of
4441 at one of these points, no word boundary is required there. 4642 at one of these points, no word boundary is required there.
4442 @end defopt 4643 @end defopt
4443 4644
4444 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-case-fold-search 4645 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-case-fold-search
4445 Non-@code{nil} means, searching for index phrases will ignore 4646 Non-@code{nil} means, searching for index phrases will ignore
4446 case.@refill 4647 case.
4447 @end defopt 4648 @end defopt
4448 4649
4449 @defopt reftex-index-verify-function 4650 @defopt reftex-index-verify-function
4450 A function which is called at each match during global indexing. 4651 A function which is called at each match during global indexing.
4451 If the function returns nil, the current match is skipped. 4652 If the function returns nil, the current match is skipped.
4457 phrases may match at places where that phrase was already indexed. In 4658 phrases may match at places where that phrase was already indexed. In
4458 particular when indexing an already processed document again, this 4659 particular when indexing an already processed document again, this
4459 will even be the norm. When this variable is non-@code{nil}, 4660 will even be the norm. When this variable is non-@code{nil},
4460 @b{Ref@TeX{}} checks if the match is an index macro argument, or if an 4661 @b{Ref@TeX{}} checks if the match is an index macro argument, or if an
4461 index macro is directly before or after the phrase. If that is the 4662 index macro is directly before or after the phrase. If that is the
4462 case, that match will be ignored.@refill 4663 case, that match will be ignored.
4463 @end defopt 4664 @end defopt
4464 4665
4465 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-wrap-long-lines 4666 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-wrap-long-lines
4466 Non-@code{nil} means, when indexing from the phrases buffer, wrap lines. 4667 Non-@code{nil} means, when indexing from the phrases buffer, wrap lines.
4467 Inserting indexing commands in a line makes the line longer - often 4668 Inserting indexing commands in a line makes the line longer - often
4468 so long that it does not fit onto the screen. When this variable is 4669 so long that it does not fit onto the screen. When this variable is
4469 non-@code{nil}, newlines will be added as necessary before and/or after the 4670 non-@code{nil}, newlines will be added as necessary before and/or after the
4470 indexing command to keep lines short. However, the matched text 4671 indexing command to keep lines short. However, the matched text
4471 phrase and its index command will always end up on a single line.@refill 4672 phrase and its index command will always end up on a single line.
4472 @end defopt 4673 @end defopt
4473 4674
4474 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-prefers-entry 4675 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-prefers-entry
4475 Non-@code{nil} means when sorting phrase lines, the explicit index entry 4676 Non-@code{nil} means when sorting phrase lines, the explicit index entry
4476 is used. Phrase lines in the phrases buffer contain a search phrase, and 4677 is used. Phrase lines in the phrases buffer contain a search phrase, and
4477 sorting is normally based on these. Some phrase lines also have 4678 sorting is normally based on these. Some phrase lines also have
4478 an explicit index argument specified. When this variable is 4679 an explicit index argument specified. When this variable is
4479 non-@code{nil}, the index argument will be used for sorting.@refill 4680 non-@code{nil}, the index argument will be used for sorting.
4480 @end defopt 4681 @end defopt
4481 4682
4482 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks 4683 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks
4483 Non-@code{nil} means, empty and comment lines separate phrase buffer 4684 Non-@code{nil} means, empty and comment lines separate phrase buffer
4484 into blocks. Sorting will then preserve blocks, so that lines are 4685 into blocks. Sorting will then preserve blocks, so that lines are
4489 Keymap for the Index Phrases buffer. 4690 Keymap for the Index Phrases buffer.
4490 @end defopt 4691 @end defopt
4491 4692
4492 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-mode-hook 4693 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-mode-hook
4493 Normal hook which is run when a buffer is put into 4694 Normal hook which is run when a buffer is put into
4494 @code{reftex-index-phrases-mode}.@refill 4695 @code{reftex-index-phrases-mode}.
4495 @end defopt 4696 @end defopt
4496 4697
4497 @defopt reftex-index-section-letters 4698 @defopt reftex-index-section-letters
4498 The letters which denote sections in the index. Usually these are all 4699 The letters which denote sections in the index. Usually these are all
4499 capital letters. Don't use any downcase letters. Order is not 4700 capital letters. Don't use any downcase letters. Order is not
4500 significant, the index will be sorted by whatever the sort function 4701 significant, the index will be sorted by whatever the sort function
4501 thinks is correct. In addition to these letters, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will 4702 thinks is correct. In addition to these letters, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
4502 create a group @samp{!} which contains all entries sorted below the 4703 create a group @samp{!} which contains all entries sorted below the
4503 lowest specified letter. In the @file{*Index*} buffer, pressing any of 4704 lowest specified letter. In the @file{*Index*} buffer, pressing any of
4504 these capital letters or @kbd{!} will jump to that section.@refill 4705 these capital letters or @kbd{!} will jump to that section.
4505 @end defopt 4706 @end defopt
4506 4707
4507 @defopt reftex-index-include-context 4708 @defopt reftex-index-include-context
4508 Non-@code{nil} means, display the index definition context in the 4709 Non-@code{nil} means, display the index definition context in the
4509 @file{*Index*} buffer. This flag may also be toggled from the 4710 @file{*Index*} buffer. This flag may also be toggled from the
4517 buffer with the @kbd{f} key. 4718 buffer with the @kbd{f} key.
4518 @end defopt 4719 @end defopt
4519 4720
4520 @deffn Keymap reftex-index-map 4721 @deffn Keymap reftex-index-map
4521 The keymap which is active in the @file{*Index*} buffer 4722 The keymap which is active in the @file{*Index*} buffer
4522 (@pxref{Index Support}).@refill 4723 (@pxref{Index Support}).
4523 @end deffn 4724 @end deffn
4524 4725
4525 @node Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Finding Files), Options (Index Support), Options 4726 @node Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Finding Files), Options (Index Support), Options
4526 @section Viewing Cross-References 4727 @section Viewing Cross-References
4527 @cindex Options, viewing cross-references 4728 @cindex Options, viewing cross-references
4550 the argument of a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite} macro, and no other 4751 the argument of a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite} macro, and no other
4551 message is being displayed, the echo area will display information about 4752 message is being displayed, the echo area will display information about
4552 that cross reference. You can also set the variable to the symbol 4753 that cross reference. You can also set the variable to the symbol
4553 @code{window}. In this case a small temporary window is used for the 4754 @code{window}. In this case a small temporary window is used for the
4554 display. This feature can be turned on and off from the menu 4755 display. This feature can be turned on and off from the menu
4555 (Ref->Options).@refill 4756 (Ref->Options).
4556 @end defopt 4757 @end defopt
4557 4758
4558 @defopt reftex-idle-time 4759 @defopt reftex-idle-time
4559 Time (secs) Emacs has to be idle before automatic crossref display 4760 Time (secs) Emacs has to be idle before automatic crossref display
4560 or toc recentering is done.@refill 4761 or toc recentering is done.
4561 @end defopt 4762 @end defopt
4562 4763
4563 @defopt reftex-cite-view-format 4764 @defopt reftex-cite-view-format
4564 Citation format used to display citation info in the message area. See 4765 Citation format used to display citation info in the message area. See
4565 the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible percent 4766 the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible percent
4566 escapes.@refill 4767 escapes.
4567 @end defopt 4768 @end defopt
4568 4769
4569 @defopt reftex-revisit-to-echo 4770 @defopt reftex-revisit-to-echo
4570 Non-@code{nil} means, automatic citation display will revisit files if 4771 Non-@code{nil} means, automatic citation display will revisit files if
4571 necessary. When nil, citation display in echo area will only be active 4772 necessary. When nil, citation display in echo area will only be active
4572 for cached echo strings (see @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}), or for 4773 for cached echo strings (see @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}), or for
4573 BibTeX database files which are already visited by a live associated 4774 BibTeX database files which are already visited by a live associated
4574 buffers.@refill 4775 buffers.
4575 @end defopt 4776 @end defopt
4576 4777
4577 @defopt reftex-cache-cite-echo 4778 @defopt reftex-cache-cite-echo
4578 Non-@code{nil} means, the information displayed in the echo area for 4779 Non-@code{nil} means, the information displayed in the echo area for
4579 cite macros (see variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}) is cached and 4780 cite macros (see variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}) is cached and
4586 @cindex Options, Finding Files 4787 @cindex Options, Finding Files
4587 @cindex Finding files, options 4788 @cindex Finding files, options
4588 4789
4589 @defopt reftex-texpath-environment-variables 4790 @defopt reftex-texpath-environment-variables
4590 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for TeX files. 4791 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for TeX files.
4591 Several entries are possible.@refill 4792 Several entries are possible.
4592 @itemize @minus 4793 @itemize @minus
4593 @item 4794 @item
4594 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is 4795 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is
4595 used.@refill 4796 used.
4596 @item 4797 @item
4597 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command 4798 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command
4598 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library 4799 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library
4599 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.tex"}}. 4800 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.tex"}}.
4600 @item 4801 @item
4605 be expanded recursively. See also @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders}. 4806 be expanded recursively. See also @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders}.
4606 @end defopt 4807 @end defopt
4607 4808
4608 @defopt reftex-bibpath-environment-variables 4809 @defopt reftex-bibpath-environment-variables
4609 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for BibTeX 4810 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for BibTeX
4610 files. Several entries are possible.@refill 4811 files. Several entries are possible.
4611 @itemize @minus 4812 @itemize @minus
4612 @item 4813 @item
4613 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is 4814 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is
4614 used.@refill 4815 used.
4615 @item 4816 @item
4616 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command 4817 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command
4617 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library 4818 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library
4618 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.bib"}}. 4819 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.bib"}}.
4619 @item 4820 @item
4629 This is a list of items, each item is like: 4830 This is a list of items, each item is like:
4630 @code{(@var{type} . (@var{def-ext} @var{other-ext} ...))} 4831 @code{(@var{type} . (@var{def-ext} @var{other-ext} ...))}
4631 @example 4832 @example
4632 @var{type}: @r{File type like @code{"bib"} or @code{"tex"}.} 4833 @var{type}: @r{File type like @code{"bib"} or @code{"tex"}.}
4633 @var{def-ext}: @r{The default extension for that file type, like @code{".tex"} or @code{".bib"}.} 4834 @var{def-ext}: @r{The default extension for that file type, like @code{".tex"} or @code{".bib"}.}
4634 @var{other-ext}: @r{Any number of other legal extensions for this file type.} 4835 @var{other-ext}: @r{Any number of other valid extensions for this file type.}
4635 @end example 4836 @end example
4636 When a files is searched and it does not have any of the legal extensions, 4837 When a files is searched and it does not have any of the valid extensions,
4637 we try the default extension first, and then the naked file name.@refill 4838 we try the default extension first, and then the naked file name.
4638 @end defopt 4839 @end defopt
4639 4840
4640 @defopt reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first 4841 @defopt reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first
4641 Non-@code{nil} means, search all specified directories before trying 4842 Non-@code{nil} means, search all specified directories before trying
4642 recursion. Thus, in a path @samp{.//:/tex/}, search first @samp{./}, 4843 recursion. Thus, in a path @samp{.//:/tex/}, search first @samp{./},
4643 then @samp{/tex/}, and then all subdirectories of @samp{./}. If this 4844 then @samp{/tex/}, and then all subdirectories of @samp{./}. If this
4644 option is @code{nil}, the subdirectories of @samp{./} are searched 4845 option is @code{nil}, the subdirectories of @samp{./} are searched
4645 before @samp{/tex/}. This is mainly for speed - most of the time the 4846 before @samp{/tex/}. This is mainly for speed - most of the time the
4646 recursive path is for the system files and not for the user files. Set 4847 recursive path is for the system files and not for the user files. Set
4647 this to @code{nil} if the default makes @b{Ref@TeX{}} finding files with 4848 this to @code{nil} if the default makes @b{Ref@TeX{}} finding files with
4648 equal names in wrong sequence.@refill 4849 equal names in wrong sequence.
4649 @end defopt 4850 @end defopt
4650 4851
4651 @defopt reftex-use-external-file-finders 4852 @defopt reftex-use-external-file-finders
4652 Non-@code{nil} means, use external programs to find files. Normally, 4853 Non-@code{nil} means, use external programs to find files. Normally,
4653 @b{Ref@TeX{}} searches the paths given in the environment variables 4854 @b{Ref@TeX{}} searches the paths given in the environment variables
4665 @var{type} is either @code{"tex"} or @code{"bib"}. @var{program} is a 4866 @var{type} is either @code{"tex"} or @code{"bib"}. @var{program} is a
4666 string containing the external program to use with any arguments. 4867 string containing the external program to use with any arguments.
4667 @code{%f} will be replaced by the name of the file to be found. Note 4868 @code{%f} will be replaced by the name of the file to be found. Note
4668 that these commands will be executed directly, not via a shell. Only 4869 that these commands will be executed directly, not via a shell. Only
4669 relevant when @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders} is 4870 relevant when @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders} is
4670 non-@code{nil}.@refill 4871 non-@code{nil}.
4671 @end defopt 4872 @end defopt
4672 4873
4673 @page 4874 @page
4674 @node Options (Optimizations), Options (Fontification), Options (Finding Files), Options 4875 @node Options (Optimizations), Options (Fontification), Options (Finding Files), Options
4675 @section Optimizations 4876 @section Optimizations
4677 @cindex Optimizations, options 4878 @cindex Optimizations, options
4678 4879
4679 @defopt reftex-keep-temporary-buffers 4880 @defopt reftex-keep-temporary-buffers
4680 Non-@code{nil} means, keep buffers created for parsing and lookup. 4881 Non-@code{nil} means, keep buffers created for parsing and lookup.
4681 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sometimes needs to visit files related to the current 4882 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sometimes needs to visit files related to the current
4682 document. We distinguish files visited for@refill 4883 document. We distinguish files visited for
4683 @table @asis 4884 @table @asis
4684 @item PARSING 4885 @item PARSING
4685 Parts of a multifile document loaded when (re)-parsing the 4886 Parts of a multifile document loaded when (re)-parsing the
4686 document.@refill 4887 document.
4687 @item LOOKUP 4888 @item LOOKUP
4688 BibTeX database files and TeX files loaded to find a reference, to 4889 BibTeX database files and TeX files loaded to find a reference, to
4689 display label context, etc.@refill 4890 display label context, etc.
4690 @end table 4891 @end table
4691 The created buffers can be kept for later use, or be thrown away 4892 The created buffers can be kept for later use, or be thrown away
4692 immediately after use, depending on the value of this variable:@refill 4893 immediately after use, depending on the value of this variable:
4693 4894
4694 @table @code 4895 @table @code
4695 @item nil 4896 @item nil
4696 Throw away as much as possible. 4897 Throw away as much as possible.
4697 @item t 4898 @item t
4698 Keep everything. 4899 Keep everything.
4699 @item 1 4900 @item 1
4700 Throw away buffers created for parsing, but keep the ones created for 4901 Throw away buffers created for parsing, but keep the ones created for
4701 lookup.@refill 4902 lookup.
4702 @end table 4903 @end table
4703 4904
4704 If a buffer is to be kept, the file is visited normally (which is 4905 If a buffer is to be kept, the file is visited normally (which is
4705 potentially slow but will happen only once). If a buffer is to be thrown 4906 potentially slow but will happen only once). If a buffer is to be thrown
4706 away, the initialization of the buffer depends upon the variable 4907 away, the initialization of the buffer depends upon the variable
4707 @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers}.@refill 4908 @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers}.
4708 @end defopt 4909 @end defopt
4709 4910
4710 @defopt reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers 4911 @defopt reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers
4711 Non-@code{nil} means do initializations even when visiting file 4912 Non-@code{nil} means do initializations even when visiting file
4712 temporarily. When @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} may turn off find-file hooks and 4913 temporarily. When @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} may turn off find-file hooks and
4713 other stuff to briefly visit a file. When @code{t}, the full default 4914 other stuff to briefly visit a file. When @code{t}, the full default
4714 initializations are done (@code{find-file-hook} etc.). Instead of 4915 initializations are done (@code{find-file-hook} etc.). Instead of
4715 @code{t} or @code{nil}, this variable may also be a list of hook 4916 @code{t} or @code{nil}, this variable may also be a list of hook
4716 functions to do a minimal initialization.@refill 4917 functions to do a minimal initialization.
4717 @end defopt 4918 @end defopt
4718 4919
4719 @defopt reftex-no-include-regexps 4920 @defopt reftex-no-include-regexps
4720 List of regular expressions to exclude certain input files from parsing. 4921 List of regular expressions to exclude certain input files from parsing.
4721 If the name of a file included via @code{\include} or @code{\input} is 4922 If the name of a file included via @code{\include} or @code{\input} is
4729 commands, or with the @kbd{r} key in menus. When this option is 4930 commands, or with the @kbd{r} key in menus. When this option is
4730 @code{t} in a multifile document, we will only parse the current buffer, 4931 @code{t} in a multifile document, we will only parse the current buffer,
4731 or the file associated with the label or section heading near point in a 4932 or the file associated with the label or section heading near point in a
4732 menu. Requesting re-parsing of an entire multifile document then 4933 menu. Requesting re-parsing of an entire multifile document then
4733 requires a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix or the capital @kbd{R} key in 4934 requires a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix or the capital @kbd{R} key in
4734 menus.@refill 4935 menus.
4735 @end defopt 4936 @end defopt
4736 4937
4737 @defopt reftex-save-parse-info 4938 @defopt reftex-save-parse-info
4738 Non-@code{nil} means, save information gathered with parsing in files. 4939 Non-@code{nil} means, save information gathered with parsing in files.
4739 The file @file{MASTER.rel} in the same directory as @file{MASTER.tex} is 4940 The file @file{MASTER.rel} in the same directory as @file{MASTER.tex} is
4740 used to save the information. When this variable is @code{t}, 4941 used to save the information. When this variable is @code{t},
4741 @itemize @minus 4942 @itemize @minus
4742 @item 4943 @item
4743 accessing the parsing information for the first time in an editing 4944 accessing the parsing information for the first time in an editing
4744 session will read that file (if available) instead of parsing the 4945 session will read that file (if available) instead of parsing the
4745 document.@refill 4946 document.
4746 @item 4947 @item
4747 exiting Emacs or killing a buffer in reftex-mode will cause a new 4948 exiting Emacs or killing a buffer in reftex-mode will cause a new
4748 version of the file to be written.@refill 4949 version of the file to be written.
4749 @end itemize 4950 @end itemize
4750 @end defopt 4951 @end defopt
4751 4952
4752 @defopt reftex-parse-file-extension 4953 @defopt reftex-parse-file-extension
4753 File extension for the file in which parser information is stored. 4954 File extension for the file in which parser information is stored.
4764 Non-@code{nil} means use a separate selection buffer for each label 4965 Non-@code{nil} means use a separate selection buffer for each label
4765 type. These buffers are kept from one selection to the next and need 4966 type. These buffers are kept from one selection to the next and need
4766 not to be created for each use - so the menu generally comes up faster. 4967 not to be created for each use - so the menu generally comes up faster.
4767 The selection buffers will be erased (and therefore updated) 4968 The selection buffers will be erased (and therefore updated)
4768 automatically when new labels in its category are added. See the 4969 automatically when new labels in its category are added. See the
4769 variable @code{reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers}.@refill 4970 variable @code{reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers}.
4770 @end defopt 4971 @end defopt
4771 4972
4772 @defopt reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers 4973 @defopt reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers
4773 Non-@code{nil} means, selection buffers will be updated automatically. 4974 Non-@code{nil} means, selection buffers will be updated automatically.
4774 When a new label is defined with @code{reftex-label}, all selection 4975 When a new label is defined with @code{reftex-label}, all selection
4775 buffers associated with that label category are emptied, in order to 4976 buffers associated with that label category are emptied, in order to
4776 force an update upon next use. When @code{nil}, the buffers are left 4977 force an update upon next use. When @code{nil}, the buffers are left
4777 alone and have to be updated by hand, with the @kbd{g} key from the 4978 alone and have to be updated by hand, with the @kbd{g} key from the
4778 label selection process. The value of this variable will only have any 4979 label selection process. The value of this variable will only have any
4779 effect when @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers} is 4980 effect when @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers} is
4780 non-@code{nil}.@refill 4981 non-@code{nil}.
4781 @end defopt 4982 @end defopt
4782 4983
4783 @node Options (Fontification), Options (Misc), Options (Optimizations), Options 4984 @node Options (Fontification), Options (Misc), Options (Optimizations), Options
4784 @section Fontification 4985 @section Fontification
4785 @cindex Options, fontification 4986 @cindex Options, fontification
4787 4988
4788 @defopt reftex-use-fonts 4989 @defopt reftex-use-fonts
4789 Non-@code{nil} means, use fonts in label menu and on-the-fly help. 4990 Non-@code{nil} means, use fonts in label menu and on-the-fly help.
4790 Font-lock must be loaded as well to actually get fontified 4991 Font-lock must be loaded as well to actually get fontified
4791 display. After changing this option, a rescan may be necessary to 4992 display. After changing this option, a rescan may be necessary to
4792 activate it.@refill 4993 activate it.
4793 @end defopt 4994 @end defopt
4794 4995
4795 @defopt reftex-refontify-context 4996 @defopt reftex-refontify-context
4796 Non-@code{nil} means, re-fontify the context in the label menu with 4997 Non-@code{nil} means, re-fontify the context in the label menu with
4797 font-lock. This slightly slows down the creation of the label menu. It 4998 font-lock. This slightly slows down the creation of the label menu. It
4798 is only necessary when you definitely want the context fontified.@refill 4999 is only necessary when you definitely want the context fontified.
4799 5000
4800 This option may have 3 different values: 5001 This option may have 3 different values:
4801 @table @code 5002 @table @code
4802 @item nil 5003 @item nil
4803 Never refontify. 5004 Never refontify.
4804 @item t 5005 @item t
4805 Always refontify. 5006 Always refontify.
4806 @item 1 5007 @item 1
4807 Refontify when necessary, e.g. with old versions of the x-symbol 5008 Refontify when necessary, e.g. with old versions of the x-symbol
4808 package.@refill 5009 package.
4809 @end table 5010 @end table
4810 The option is ignored when @code{reftex-use-fonts} is @code{nil}.@refill 5011 The option is ignored when @code{reftex-use-fonts} is @code{nil}.
4811 @end defopt 5012 @end defopt
4812 5013
4813 @defopt reftex-highlight-selection 5014 @defopt reftex-highlight-selection
4814 Non-@code{nil} means, highlight selected text in selection and 5015 Non-@code{nil} means, highlight selected text in selection and
4815 @file{*toc*} buffers. Normally, the text near the cursor is the 5016 @file{*toc*} buffers. Normally, the text near the cursor is the
4816 @emph{selected} text, and it is highlighted. This is the entry most 5017 @emph{selected} text, and it is highlighted. This is the entry most
4817 keys in the selection and @file{*toc*} buffers act on. However, if you 5018 keys in the selection and @file{*toc*} buffers act on. However, if you
4818 mainly use the mouse to select an item, you may find it nice to have 5019 mainly use the mouse to select an item, you may find it nice to have
4819 mouse-triggered highlighting @emph{instead} or @emph{as well}. The 5020 mouse-triggered highlighting @emph{instead} or @emph{as well}. The
4820 variable may have one of these values:@refill 5021 variable may have one of these values:
4821 5022
4822 @example 5023 @example
4823 nil @r{No highlighting.} 5024 nil @r{No highlighting.}
4824 cursor @r{Highlighting is cursor driven.} 5025 cursor @r{Highlighting is cursor driven.}
4825 mouse @r{Highlighting is mouse driven.} 5026 mouse @r{Highlighting is mouse driven.}
4826 both @r{Both cursor and mouse trigger highlighting.} 5027 both @r{Both cursor and mouse trigger highlighting.}
4827 @end example 5028 @end example
4828 5029
4829 Changing this variable requires to rebuild the selection and *toc* 5030 Changing this variable requires to rebuild the selection and *toc*
4830 buffers to become effective (keys @kbd{g} or @kbd{r}).@refill 5031 buffers to become effective (keys @kbd{g} or @kbd{r}).
4831 @end defopt 5032 @end defopt
4832 5033
4833 @defopt reftex-cursor-selected-face 5034 @defopt reftex-cursor-selected-face
4834 Face name to highlight cursor selected item in toc and selection buffers. 5035 Face name to highlight cursor selected item in toc and selection buffers.
4835 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.@refill 5036 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.
4836 @end defopt 5037 @end defopt
4837 @defopt reftex-mouse-selected-face 5038 @defopt reftex-mouse-selected-face
4838 Face name to highlight mouse selected item in toc and selection buffers. 5039 Face name to highlight mouse selected item in toc and selection buffers.
4839 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.@refill 5040 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.
4840 @end defopt 5041 @end defopt
4841 @defopt reftex-file-boundary-face 5042 @defopt reftex-file-boundary-face
4842 Face name for file boundaries in selection buffer. 5043 Face name for file boundaries in selection buffer.
4843 @end defopt 5044 @end defopt
4844 @defopt reftex-label-face 5045 @defopt reftex-label-face
4883 @cindex Options, misc 5084 @cindex Options, misc
4884 5085
4885 @defopt reftex-extra-bindings 5086 @defopt reftex-extra-bindings
4886 Non-@code{nil} means, make additional key bindings on startup. These 5087 Non-@code{nil} means, make additional key bindings on startup. These
4887 extra bindings are located in the users @samp{C-c letter} 5088 extra bindings are located in the users @samp{C-c letter}
4888 map. @xref{Key Bindings}.@refill 5089 map. @xref{Key Bindings}.
4889 @end defopt 5090 @end defopt
4890 5091
4891 @defopt reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX 5092 @defopt reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX
4892 Plug-in flags for AUCTeX interface. This variable is a list of 5093 Plug-in flags for AUCTeX interface. This variable is a list of
4893 5 boolean flags. When a flag is non-@code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} 5094 5 boolean flags. When a flag is non-@code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
4894 will@refill 5095 will
4895 5096
4896 @example 5097 @example
4897 - supply labels in new sections and environments (flag 1) 5098 - supply labels in new sections and environments (flag 1)
4898 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\label} (flag 2) 5099 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\label} (flag 2)
4899 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\ref} (flag 3) 5100 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\ref} (flag 3)
4918 @defopt reftex-allow-detached-macro-args 5119 @defopt reftex-allow-detached-macro-args
4919 Non-@code{nil} means, allow arguments of macros to be detached by 5120 Non-@code{nil} means, allow arguments of macros to be detached by
4920 whitespace. When this is @code{t}, the @samp{aaa} in @w{@samp{\bbb 5121 whitespace. When this is @code{t}, the @samp{aaa} in @w{@samp{\bbb
4921 [xxx] @{aaa@}}} will be considered an argument of @code{\bb}. Note that 5122 [xxx] @{aaa@}}} will be considered an argument of @code{\bb}. Note that
4922 this will be the case even if @code{\bb} is defined with zero or one 5123 this will be the case even if @code{\bb} is defined with zero or one
4923 argument.@refill 5124 argument.
4924 @end defopt 5125 @end defopt
4925 5126
4926 @node Keymaps and Hooks, Changes, Options, Top 5127 @node Keymaps and Hooks, Changes, Options, Top
4927 @section Keymaps and Hooks 5128 @section Keymaps and Hooks
4928 @cindex Keymaps 5129 @cindex Keymaps
4936 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-load-hook 5137 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-load-hook
4937 Normal hook which is being run when loading @file{reftex.el}. 5138 Normal hook which is being run when loading @file{reftex.el}.
4938 @end deffn 5139 @end deffn
4939 5140
4940 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-mode-hook 5141 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-mode-hook
4941 Normal hook which is being run when turning on @b{Ref@TeX{}} mode.@refill 5142 Normal hook which is being run when turning on @b{Ref@TeX{}} mode.
4942 @end deffn 5143 @end deffn
4943 5144
4944 Furthermore, the 4 modes used for referencing labels, creating 5145 Furthermore, the 4 modes used for referencing labels, creating
4945 citations, the table of contents buffer and the phrases buffer have 5146 citations, the table of contents buffer and the phrases buffer have
4946 their own keymaps and mode hooks. See the respective sections. There 5147 their own keymaps and mode hooks. See the respective sections. There
4947 are many more hooks which are described in the relevant sections about 5148 are many more hooks which are described in the relevant sections about
4948 options for a specific part of @b{Ref@TeX{}}.@refill 5149 options for a specific part of @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
4949 5150
4950 @node Changes, , Keymaps and Hooks, Top 5151 @node Changes, , Keymaps and Hooks, Top
4951 @chapter Changes 5152 @chapter Changes
4952 @cindex Changes 5153 @cindex Changes
4953 5154
4954 Here is a list of recent changes to @b{Ref@TeX{}}. 5155 Here is a list of recent changes to @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
4955 5156
5157 @noindent @b{Version 4.28}
5158 @itemize @bullet
5159 @item Support for the Jurabib package.
5160 @item Improvements when selecting several items in a selection buffer.
5161 @end itemize
5162
5163 @noindent @b{Version 4.26}
5164 @itemize @bullet
5165 @item
5166 Support for global incremental search.
5167 @item
5168 Some improvements for XEmacs compatibility.
5169 @end itemize
5170
5171 @noindent @b{Version 4.25}
5172 @itemize @bullet
5173 @item
5174 Fixed bug with @samp{%F} in a label prefix. Added new escapes
5175 @samp{%m} and @samp{%M} for mater file name and master directory.
5176 @end itemize
5177
5178 @noindent @b{Version 4.24}
5179 @itemize @bullet
5180 @item
5181 Inserting citation commands now prompts for optional arguments
5182 when called with a prefix argument. Related new options are
5183 @code{reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args} and
5184 @code{reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args}.
5185 @item
5186 New option @code{reftex-trust-label-prefix}. Configure this variable
5187 if you'd like RefTeX to base its classification of labels on prefixes.
5188 This can speed-up document parsing, but may in some cases reduce the
5189 quality of the context used by RefTeX to describe a label.
5190 @item
5191 Fixed bug in @code{reftex-create-bibtex-file} when @code{reftex-comment-citations}
5192 is non-nil.
5193 @item
5194 Fixed bugs in indexing: Case-sensitive search, quotes before and/or
5195 after words. Disabbled indexing in comment lines.
5196 @end itemize
5197
5198 @noindent @b{Version 4.22}
5199 @itemize @bullet
5200 @item
5201 New command @code{reftex-create-bibtex-file} to create a new database
5202 with all entries referenced in the current document.
5203 @item
5204 New keys @kbd{e} and @kbd{E} allow to produce a BibTeX database file
5205 from entries marked in a citation selection buffer.
5206 @end itemize
5207
5208 @noindent @b{Version 4.21}
5209 @itemize @bullet
5210 @item
5211 Renaming labels from the toc buffer with key @kbd{M-%}.
5212 @end itemize
5213
5214 @noindent @b{Version 4.20}
5215 @itemize @bullet
5216 @item
5217 Structure editing capabilities. The command keys @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} in
5218 the TOC buffer promote/demote the section at point or all sections in
5219 the current region.
5220 @item
5221 New option @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-fraction} to set the size of
5222 the window used by the TOC. This makes the old variable
5223 @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally-fraction} obsolete.
5224 @item
5225 A dedicated frame can show the TOC with the current section
5226 always automatically highlighted. The frame is created and
5227 deleted from the toc buffer with the @kbd{d} key.
5228 @end itemize
5229
5230 @noindent @b{Version 4.19}
5231 @itemize @bullet
5232 @item
5233 New command `reftex-toc-recenter' (@kbd{C-c -}) which shows the current
5234 section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
5235 @item
5236 Recentering happens automatically in idle time when the option
5237 @code{reftex-auto-recenter-toc} is turned on.
5238 @item
5239 Fixed several bugs related to automatic cursor positioning in the TOC
5240 buffer.
5241 @item
5242 The highlight in the TOC buffer stays when the focus moves to a
5243 different window.
5244 @item
5245 New command `reftex-goto-label'.
5246 @item
5247 Part numbers are no longer included in chapter numbers, and a new
5248 part does not reset the chapter counter. See new option
5249 @code{reftex-part-resets-chapter}.
5250 @end itemize
5251
5252 @noindent @b{Version 4.18}
5253 @itemize @bullet
5254 @item
5255 @code{reftex-citation} uses the word before the cursor as a default
5256 search string.
5257 @item
5258 Simplified several regular expressions for speed.
5259 @item
5260 Better support for chapterbib.
5261 @end itemize
5262
5263 @noindent @b{Version 4.17}
5264 @itemize @bullet
5265 @item
5266 The toc window can be split off horizontally. See new options
5267 @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally},
5268 @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally-fraction}.
5269 @item
5270 It is possible to specify a function which verifies an index match
5271 during global indexing. See new option @code{reftex-index-verify-function}.
5272 @item
5273 The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can
5274 be configured. See new option @code{reftex-include-file-commands}.
5275 @item
5276 The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography) can
5277 be configured. See new option @code{reftex-bibliography-commands}.
5278 @item
5279 The regular expression used to search for the \bibliography macro has
5280 been relaxed to allow for @samp{@{\bibliography@{...@}@}} needed by
5281 chapterbib.
5282 @item
5283 Small bug fixes.
5284 @end itemize
5285
5286 @noindent @b{Version 4.15}
5287 @itemize @bullet
5288 @item
5289 Fixed bug with parsing of BibTeX files, when fields contain quotes or
5290 unmatched parenthesis.
5291 @item
5292 Small bug fixes.
5293 @item
5294 Improved interaction with Emacs LaTeX mode.
5295 @end itemize
5296
5297 @noindent @b{Version 4.12}
5298 @itemize @bullet
5299 @item
5300 Support for @file{bibentry} citation style.
5301 @end itemize
5302
5303 @noindent @b{Version 4.11}
5304 @itemize @bullet
5305 @item
5306 Fixed bug which would parse @samp{\Section} just like @samp{\section}.
5307 @end itemize
5308
5309 @noindent @b{Version 4.10}
5310 @itemize @bullet
5311 @item
5312 Renamed @file{reftex-vcr.el} to @file{reftex-dcr.el} because of conflict
5313 with @file{reftex-vars.el} on DOS machines.
5314 @item
5315 New options @code{reftex-parse-file-extension} and
5316 @code{reftex-index-phrase-file-extension}.
5317 @end itemize
5318
5319 @noindent [.....]
4956 @ignore 5320 @ignore
4957 @noindent @b{Version 1.00} 5321 @noindent @b{Version 4.09}
4958 @itemize @bullet 5322 @itemize @bullet
4959 @item 5323 @item
4960 released on 7 Jan 1997. 5324 New option @code{reftex-toc-max-level} to limit the depth of the toc.
4961 @end itemize 5325 New key binding @kbd{t} in the @file{*toc*} buffer to change this
4962 5326 setting.
4963 @noindent @b{Version 1.04} 5327 @item
4964 @itemize @bullet 5328 RefTeX maintains an @file{Index Phrases} file in which phrases can be
4965 @item 5329 collected. When the document is ready, RefTeX can search all
4966 Macros as wrappers, AMSTeX support, delayed context parsing for 5330 these phrases and assist indexing all matches.
4967 new labels.@refill 5331 @item
4968 @end itemize 5332 The variables @code{reftex-index-macros} and
4969 5333 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} have changed their syntax slightly.
4970 @noindent @b{Version 1.05} 5334 The @var{repeat} parameter has move from the latter to the former.
4971 @itemize @bullet 5335 Also calls to @code{reftex-add-index-macros} from AUCTeX style files
4972 @item 5336 need to be adapted.
4973 XEmacs port. 5337 @item
4974 @end itemize 5338 The variable @code{reftex-section-levels} no longer contains the
4975 5339 default stuff which has been moved to a constant.
4976 @noindent @b{Version 1.07} 5340 @item
4977 @itemize @bullet 5341 Environments like theorems can be placed into the TOC by putting
4978 @item 5342 entries for @samp{"begin@{theorem@}"} in
4979 @b{Ref@TeX{}} gets its own menu. 5343 @code{reftex-setion-levels}.
4980 @end itemize 5344 @end itemize
4981 5345
4982 @noindent @b{Version 1.09} 5346 @noindent @b{Version 4.06}
4983 @itemize @bullet 5347 @itemize @bullet
4984 @item 5348 @item
4985 Support for @code{tex-main-file}, an analogue for 5349 @code{reftex-section-levels} can contain a function to compute the level
4986 @code{TeX-master}.@refill 5350 of a sectioning command.
4987 @item 5351 @item
4988 MS-DOS support. 5352 Multiple @code{thebibliography} environments recognized.
4989 @end itemize 5353 @end itemize
4990 5354
4991 @noindent @b{Version 2.00} 5355 @noindent @b{Version 4.04}
4992 @itemize @bullet 5356 @itemize @bullet
4993 @item 5357 @item
4994 Labels can be derived from context (default for sections). 5358 New option @code{reftex-index-default-tag} implements a default for queries.
4995 @item 5359 @end itemize
4996 Configuration of label insertion and label referencing revised. 5360
4997 @item 5361 @noindent @b{Version 4.02}
4998 Crossref fields in BibTeX database entries. 5362 @itemize @bullet
4999 @item 5363 @item
5000 @code{reftex-toc} introduced (thanks to Stephen Eglen). 5364 macros ending in @samp{refrange} are considered to contain references.
5001 @end itemize 5365 @item
5002 5366 Index entries made with @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} in TeX
5003 @noindent @b{Version 2.03} 5367 math mode automatically get enclosing @samp{$} to preserve math mode. See
5004 @itemize @bullet 5368 new option @code{reftex-index-math-format}. Requires AUCTeX.
5005 @item 5369 @end itemize
5006 @code{figure*}, @code{table*}, @code{sidewaysfigure/table} added to 5370
5007 default environments.@refill 5371 @noindent @b{Version 4.01}
5008 @item 5372 @itemize @bullet
5009 @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} introduced (thanks to Rory Molinari). 5373 @item
5010 @item 5374 New command @code{reftex-index-globally} to index a word in many
5011 New functions @code{reftex-arg-label}, @code{reftex-arg-ref}, 5375 places in the document. Also available from the index buffer with
5012 @code{reftex-arg-cite}.@refill 5376 @kbd{&}.
5013 @item 5377 @item
5014 Emacs/XEmacs compatibility reworked. XEmacs 19.15 now is 5378 The first item in a @code{reftex-label-alist} entry may now also be a parser
5015 required.@refill 5379 function to do non-standard parsing.
5016 @item 5380 @item
5017 @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} (to be called from AUCTeX style 5381 @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref} no longer interferes with
5018 files).@refill 5382 @code{pop-up-frames} (patch from Stefan Monnier).
5019 @item 5383 @end itemize
5020 Finding context with a hook function. 5384
5021 @item 5385 @noindent @b{Version 4.00}
5022 Sorting BibTeX entries (new variable: 5386 @itemize @bullet
5023 @code{reftex-sort-bibtex-matches}). 5387 @item
5024 @end itemize 5388 RefTeX has been split into several smaller files which are autoloaded on
5025 5389 demand.
5026 @noindent @b{Version 2.05} 5390 @item
5027 @itemize @bullet 5391 Index support, along with many new options.
5028 @item 5392 @item
5029 Support for @file{custom.el}. 5393 The selection of keys for @code{\ref} and @code{\cite} now allows to
5030 @item 5394 select multiple items by marking entries with the @kbd{m} key.
5031 New function @code{reftex-grep-document} (thanks to Stephen Eglen). 5395 @item
5032 @end itemize 5396 Fancyref support.
5033 5397 @end itemize
5034 @noindent @b{Version 2.07} 5398
5035 @itemize @bullet 5399 @noindent @b{Version 3.43}
5036 @item 5400 @itemize @bullet
5037 New functions @code{reftex-search-document}, 5401 @item
5038 @code{reftex-query-replace-document}. 5402 Viewing cross-references generalized. Now works on @code{\label},
5039 @end itemize 5403 @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem}, @code{\index}, variations of
5040 5404 these, and from BibTeX buffers.
5041 @noindent @b{Version 2.11} 5405 @item
5042 @itemize @bullet 5406 New option @code{reftex-view-crossref-extra}.
5043 @item 5407 @item
5044 Submitted for inclusion to Emacs and XEmacs. 5408 Support for the additional sectioning commands @code{\addchap} and
5045 @end itemize 5409 @code{\addsec} which are defined in the LaTeX KOMA-Script classes.
5046 5410 @item
5047 @noindent @b{Version 2.14} 5411 Files in @code{reftex-default-bibliography} will be searched along
5048 @itemize @bullet 5412 @code{BIBINPUTS} path.
5049 @item 5413 @item
5050 Variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX} simplifies cooperation with 5414 Reading a parse file now checks consistency.
5051 AUCTeX.@refill 5415 @end itemize
5052 @end itemize 5416
5053 5417 @noindent @b{Version 3.42}
5054 @noindent @b{Version 2.17} 5418 @itemize @bullet
5055 @itemize @bullet 5419 @item
5056 @item 5420 File search further refined. New option @code{reftex-file-extensions}.
5057 Label prefix expands % escapes with current file name and other stuff. 5421 @item
5058 @item 5422 @file{*toc*} buffer can show the file boundaries of a multifile
5059 Citation format now with % escapes. This is not backward 5423 document, all labels and associated context. New keys @kbd{i}, @kbd{l},
5060 compatible!@refill 5424 and @kbd{c}. New options @code{reftex-toc-include-labels},
5061 @item 5425 @code{reftex-toc-include-context},
5062 TEXINPUTS variable recognized when looking for input files. 5426 @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}.
5063 @item 5427 @end itemize
5064 Context can be the nth argument of a macro.@refill 5428
5065 @item
5066 Searching in the select buffer is now possible (@kbd{C-s} and
5067 @kbd{C-r}).@refill
5068 @item
5069 Display and derive-label can use two different context methods.
5070 @item
5071 AMSmath @code{xalignat} and @code{xxalignat} added.
5072 @end itemize
5073
5074 @noindent @b{Version 3.00}
5075 @itemize @bullet
5076 @item
5077 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work better for very large projects:
5078 @item
5079 The new parser works without creating a master buffer.
5080 @item
5081 Rescanning can be limited to a part of a multifile document.
5082 @item
5083 Information from the parser can be stored in a file.
5084 @item
5085 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can deal with macros having a naked label as an argument.
5086 @item
5087 Macros may have white space and newlines between arguments.
5088 @item
5089 Multiple identical section headings no longer confuse
5090 @code{reftex-toc}.@refill
5091 @item
5092 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work correctly in combination with buffer-altering
5093 packages like outline, folding, x-symbol, iso-cvt, isotex, etc.@refill
5094 @item
5095 All labeled environments discussed in @emph{The LaTeX Companion} by
5096 Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley 1994) are part of
5097 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s defaults.@refill
5098 @end itemize
5099
5100 @noindent @b{Version 3.03}
5101 @itemize @bullet
5102 @item
5103 Support for the LaTeX package @code{xr}, for inter-document
5104 references.@refill
5105 @item
5106 A few (minor) Mule-related changes.
5107 @item
5108 Fixed bug which could cause @emph{huge} @file{.rel} files.
5109 @item
5110 Search for input and @file{.bib} files with recursive path definitions.
5111 @end itemize
5112
5113 @noindent @b{Version 3.04}
5114 @itemize @bullet
5115 @item
5116 Fixed BUG in the @emph{xr} support.
5117 @end itemize
5118
5119 @noindent @b{Version 3.05}
5120 @itemize @bullet
5121 @item
5122 Compatibility code now first checks for XEmacs feature.
5123 @end itemize
5124
5125 @noindent @b{Version 3.07}
5126 @itemize @bullet
5127 @item
5128 @code{Ref} menu improved.
5129 @end itemize
5130
5131 @noindent @b{Version 3.10}
5132 @itemize @bullet
5133 @item
5134 Fixed a bug which made reftex 3.07 fail on [X]Emacs version 19.
5135 @item
5136 Removed unimportant code which caused OS/2 Emacs to crash.
5137 @item
5138 All customization variables now accessible from menu.
5139 @end itemize
5140
5141 @noindent @b{Version 3.11}
5142 @itemize @bullet
5143 @item
5144 Fixed bug which led to naked label in (e.g.) footnotes.
5145 @item
5146 Added scroll-other-window functions to RefTeX-Select.
5147 @end itemize
5148
5149 @noindent @b{Version 3.12}
5150 @itemize @bullet
5151 @item
5152 There are 3 new keymaps for customization: @code{reftex-toc-map},
5153 @code{reftex-select-label-map}, @code{reftex-select-bib-map}.
5154 @item
5155 Refontification uses more standard font-lock stuff.
5156 @item
5157 When no BibTeX database files are specified, citations can also use
5158 @code{\bibitem} entries from a @code{thebibliography} environment.@refill
5159 @end itemize
5160
5161 @noindent @b{Version 3.14}
5162 @itemize @bullet
5163 @item
5164 Selection buffers can be kept between selections: this is faster.
5165 See new variable @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers}.@refill
5166 @item
5167 Prefix interpretation of reftex-view-crossref changed.
5168 @item
5169 Support for the @code{varioref} package (@kbd{v} key in selection
5170 buffer).@refill
5171 @end itemize
5172
5173 @noindent @b{Version 3.16}
5174 @itemize @bullet
5175 @item
5176 New hooks @code{reftex-format-label-function},
5177 @code{reftex-format-ref-function}, @code{reftex-format-cite-function}.@refill
5178 @item
5179 TeXInfo documentation completed.
5180 @item
5181 Some restrictions in Label inserting and referencing removed.
5182 @item
5183 New variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}.
5184 @end itemize
5185
5186 @noindent @b{Version 3.17}
5187 @itemize @bullet
5188 @item
5189 Additional bindings in selection and @file{*toc*} buffers. @kbd{g}
5190 redefined.
5191 @item
5192 New command @code{reftex-save-all-document-buffers}.
5193 @item
5194 Magic word matching made more intelligent.
5195 @item
5196 Selection process can switch to completion (with @key{TAB}).
5197 @item
5198 @code{\appendix} is now recognized and influences section numbering.
5199 @item
5200 File commentary shortened considerably (use Info documentation).
5201 @item
5202 New option @code{reftex-no-include-regexps} to skip some include files.
5203 @item
5204 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
5205 @end itemize
5206
5207 @noindent @b{Version 3.18}
5208 @itemize @bullet
5209 @item
5210 The selection now uses a recursive edit, much like minibuffer input.
5211 This removes all restrictions during selection. E.g. you can now
5212 switch buffers at will, use the mouse etc.@refill
5213 @item
5214 New option @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.
5215 @item
5216 @kbd{mouse-2} can be used to select in selection and @file{*toc*}
5217 buffers.@refill
5218 @item
5219 Fixed some problems regarding the interaction with VIPER mode.
5220 @item
5221 Follow-mode is now only used after point motion.
5222 @item
5223 @b{Ref@TeX{}} now finally does not fontify temporary files anymore.
5224 @end itemize
5225
5226 @noindent @b{Version 3.19}
5227 @itemize @bullet
5228 @item
5229 Fixed bug with AUCTeX @code{TeX-master}.
5230 @end itemize
5231
5232 @noindent @b{Version 3.21}
5233 @itemize @bullet
5234 @item
5235 New options for all faces used by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. They're in the
5236 customization group @code{reftex-fontification-configurations}.@refill
5237 @end itemize
5238
5239 @noindent @b{Version 3.22}
5240 @itemize @bullet
5241 @item
5242 Fixed bug with empty context strings.
5243 @item
5244 @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} is now bound by default at
5245 @kbd{S-mouse-2}.@refill
5246 @end itemize
5247
5248 @noindent @b{Version 3.23}
5249 @itemize @bullet
5250 @item
5251 Parse files @file{MASTER.rel} made compatible between Emacs and XEmacs.
5252 @item
5253 @code{kill-emacs-hook} and @code{kill-buffer-hook} now write the parse
5254 file.
5255 @item
5256 The cursor inside a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite} macro can now trigger
5257 automatic display of crossref information in the echo area. See
5258 variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
5259 @item
5260 AUCTeX interface updates:
5261 @itemize @minus
5262 @item
5263 AUCTeX 9.9c and later notifies @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections.
5264 @item
5265 @b{Ref@TeX{}} notifies AUCTeX about new labels.
5266 @item
5267 @code{TeX-arg-ref} no longer used (introduction was unnecessary).
5268 @item
5269 @code{reftex-arg-label} and @code{reftex-arg-cite} fixed up.
5270 @item
5271 Settings added to @b{Ref@TeX{}} via style files remain local.
5272 @end itemize
5273 @item
5274 Fixed bug with @code{reftex-citation} in non-latex buffers.
5275 @item
5276 Fixed bug with syntax table and context refontification.
5277 @item
5278 Safety-net for name change of @code{font-lock-reference-face}.
5279 @end itemize
5280
5281 @noindent @b{Version 3.24}
5282 @itemize @bullet
5283 @item
5284 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-echo}.
5285 @item
5286 Interface with X-Symbol (>=2.6) is now complete and stable.
5287 @item
5288 Adapted to new outline, which uses overlays.
5289 @item
5290 File names in @code{\bibliography} may now have the @code{.bib}
5291 extension.@refill
5292 @item
5293 Fixed Bug with parsing "single file" from master file buffer.
5294 @end itemize
5295
5296 @noindent @b{Version 3.25}
5297 @itemize @bullet
5298 @item
5299 Echoing of citation info caches the info for displayed entries.
5300 New option @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}.@refill
5301 @item
5302 @kbd{M-x reftex-reset-mode} now also removes the file with parsing
5303 info.@refill
5304 @item
5305 Default of @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow} changed to nil.
5306 @end itemize
5307
5308 @noindent @b{Version 3.26}
5309 @itemize @bullet
5310 @item
5311 [X]Emacs 19 no longer supported. Use 3.22 for Emacs 19.
5312 @item
5313 New hooks @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function},
5314 @code{reftex-string-to-label-function}.@refill
5315 @item
5316 Made sure automatic crossref display will not visit/scan files.
5317 @end itemize
5318
5319 @noindent @b{Version 3.27}
5320 @itemize @bullet
5321 @item
5322 Macros can define @emph{neutral} labels, just like @code{\label}
5323 itself.@refill
5324 @item
5325 New option @code{reftex-allow-detached-macro-args}, default @code{nil}!
5326 @end itemize
5327
5328 @noindent @b{Version 3.28}
5329 @itemize @bullet
5330 @item
5331 Auto view crossref for XEmacs uses @code{post-command-hook} to restart the
5332 timer, since itimer restart is not reliable.@refill
5333 @item
5334 Option @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} renamed to @code{-regexps}.
5335 @item
5336 Expansion of recursive tex and bib path rewritten.
5337 @item
5338 Fixed problem where @b{Ref@TeX{}} did not scan unsaved buffers.
5339 @item
5340 Fixed bug with section numbering after *-red sections.
5341 @end itemize
5342
5343 @noindent @b{Version 3.30}
5344 @itemize @bullet
5345 @item
5346 In @code{reftex-citation}, the regular expression used to scan BibTeX
5347 files can be specified using completion on known citation keys.
5348 @item
5349 New keys @kbd{a} and @kbd{A} in BibTeX selection process to cite @emph{all}
5350 entries.
5351 @item
5352 New command @code{reftex-renumber-simple-labels} to renumber simple
5353 labels like @samp{eq:13} sequentially through a document.
5354 @end itemize
5355 @noindent @b{Version 3.33}
5356 @itemize @bullet
5357 @item
5358 Multiple selection buffers are now hidden buffers (they start with a
5359 SPACE).
5360 @item
5361 Fixed bug with file search when TEXINPUTS environment variable is empty.
5362 @end itemize
5363 @noindent @b{Version 3.34}
5364 @itemize @bullet
5365 @item
5366 Additional flag in @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters} do make only
5367 lowercase labels (default @code{t}).
5368 @item
5369 All @file{.rel} files have a final newline to avoid queries.
5370 @item
5371 Single byte representations of accented European letters (ISO-8859-1)
5372 are now legal in labels.
5373 @end itemize
5374 @noindent @b{Version 3.35}
5375 @itemize @bullet
5376 @item
5377 ISO 8859 Latin-1 chars are converted to ASCII to derive better labels.
5378 This takes back the related changes in 3.34 for safety reasons.@refill
5379 @end itemize
5380 @noindent @b{Version 3.36}
5381 @itemize @bullet
5382 @item
5383 New value @code{window} for option @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
5384 @end itemize
5385 @noindent @b{Version 3.38}
5386 @itemize @bullet
5387 @item
5388 @code{reftex-view-crossref} no longer moves to find a macro. Point has
5389 to be on the macro argument.
5390 @end itemize
5391 @noindent @b{Version 3.41} 5429 @noindent @b{Version 3.41}
5392 @itemize @bullet 5430 @itemize @bullet
5393 @item 5431 @item
5394 New options @code{reftex-texpath-environment-variables}, 5432 New options @code{reftex-texpath-environment-variables},
5395 @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders}, 5433 @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders},
5397 @code{reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first}. 5435 @code{reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first}.
5398 @item 5436 @item
5399 @emph{kpathsearch} support. See new options and 5437 @emph{kpathsearch} support. See new options and
5400 @code{reftex-bibpath-environment-variables}. 5438 @code{reftex-bibpath-environment-variables}.
5401 @end itemize 5439 @end itemize
5402 @noindent @b{Version 3.42} 5440
5403 @itemize @bullet 5441 @noindent @b{Version 3.38}
5404 @item 5442 @itemize @bullet
5405 File search further refined. New option @code{reftex-file-extensions}. 5443 @item
5406 @item 5444 @code{reftex-view-crossref} no longer moves to find a macro. Point has
5407 @file{*toc*} buffer can show the file boundaries of a multifile 5445 to be on the macro argument.
5408 document, all labels and associated context. New keys @kbd{i}, @kbd{l}, 5446 @end itemize
5409 and @kbd{c}. New options @code{reftex-toc-include-labels}, 5447
5410 @code{reftex-toc-include-context}, 5448 @noindent @b{Version 3.36}
5411 @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}. @refill 5449 @itemize @bullet
5412 @end itemize 5450 @item
5413 @noindent @b{Version 3.43} 5451 New value @code{window} for option @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
5414 @itemize @bullet 5452 @end itemize
5415 @item 5453
5416 Viewing cross-references generalized. Now works on @code{\label}, 5454 @noindent @b{Version 3.35}
5417 @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem}, @code{\index}, variations of 5455 @itemize @bullet
5418 these, and from BibTeX buffers.@refill 5456 @item
5419 @item 5457 ISO 8859 Latin-1 chars are converted to ASCII to derive better labels.
5420 New option @code{reftex-view-crossref-extra}.@refill 5458 This takes back the related changes in 3.34 for safety reasons.
5421 @item 5459 @end itemize
5422 Support for the additional sectioning commands @code{\addchap} and 5460
5423 @code{\addsec} which are defined in the LaTeX KOMA-Script classes.@refill 5461 @noindent @b{Version 3.34}
5424 @item 5462 @itemize @bullet
5425 Files in @code{reftex-default-bibliography} will be searched along 5463 @item
5426 @code{BIBINPUTS} path.@refill 5464 Additional flag in @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters} do make only
5427 @item 5465 lowercase labels (default @code{t}).
5428 Reading a parse file now checks consistency. 5466 @item
5429 @end itemize 5467 All @file{.rel} files have a final newline to avoid queries.
5430 @noindent @b{Version 4.00} 5468 @item
5431 @itemize @bullet 5469 Single byte representations of accented European letters (ISO-8859-1)
5432 @item 5470 are now valid in labels.
5433 RefTeX has been split into several smaller files which are autoloaded on 5471 @end itemize
5434 demand. 5472
5435 @item 5473 @noindent @b{Version 3.33}
5436 Index support, along with many new options. 5474 @itemize @bullet
5437 @item 5475 @item
5438 The selection of keys for @code{\ref} and @code{\cite} now allows to 5476 Multiple selection buffers are now hidden buffers (they start with a
5439 select multiple items by marking entries with the @kbd{m} key. 5477 SPACE).
5440 @item 5478 @item
5441 Fancyref support. 5479 Fixed bug with file search when TEXINPUTS environment variable is empty.
5442 @end itemize 5480 @end itemize
5443 @noindent @b{Version 4.01} 5481
5444 @itemize @bullet 5482 @noindent @b{Version 3.30}
5445 @item 5483 @itemize @bullet
5446 New command @code{reftex-index-globally} to index a word in many 5484 @item
5447 places in the document. Also available from the index buffer with 5485 In @code{reftex-citation}, the regular expression used to scan BibTeX
5448 @kbd{&}. 5486 files can be specified using completion on known citation keys.
5449 @item 5487 @item
5450 The first item in a @code{reftex-label-alist} entry may now also be a parser 5488 New keys @kbd{a} and @kbd{A} in BibTeX selection process to cite @emph{all}
5451 function to do non-standard parsing. 5489 entries.
5452 @item 5490 @item
5453 @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref} no longer interferes with 5491 New command @code{reftex-renumber-simple-labels} to renumber simple
5454 @code{pop-up-frames} (patch from Stefan Monnier). 5492 labels like @samp{eq:13} sequentially through a document.
5455 @end itemize 5493 @end itemize
5456 @noindent @b{Version 4.02} 5494
5457 @itemize @bullet 5495 @noindent @b{Version 3.28}
5458 @item 5496 @itemize @bullet
5459 macros ending in @samp{refrange} are considered to contain references. 5497 @item
5460 @item 5498 Auto view crossref for XEmacs uses @code{post-command-hook} to restart the
5461 Index entries made with @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} in TeX 5499 timer, since itimer restart is not reliable.
5462 math mode automatically get enclosing @samp{$} to preserve math mode. See 5500 @item
5463 new option @code{reftex-index-math-format}. Requires AUCTeX. 5501 Option @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} renamed to @code{-regexps}.
5464 @end itemize 5502 @item
5465 @noindent @b{Version 4.04} 5503 Expansion of recursive tex and bib path rewritten.
5466 @itemize @bullet 5504 @item
5467 @item 5505 Fixed problem where @b{Ref@TeX{}} did not scan unsaved buffers.
5468 New option @code{reftex-index-default-tag} implements a default for queries. 5506 @item
5469 @end itemize 5507 Fixed bug with section numbering after *-red sections.
5470 @noindent @b{Version 4.06} 5508 @end itemize
5471 @itemize @bullet 5509
5472 @item 5510 @noindent @b{Version 3.27}
5473 @code{reftex-section-levels} can contain a function to compute the level 5511 @itemize @bullet
5474 of a sectioning command. 5512 @item
5475 @item 5513 Macros can define @emph{neutral} labels, just like @code{\label}
5476 Multiple @code{thebibliography} environments recognized. 5514 itself.
5477 @end itemize 5515 @item
5478 @noindent @b{Version 4.09} 5516 New option @code{reftex-allow-detached-macro-args}, default @code{nil}!
5479 @itemize @bullet 5517 @end itemize
5480 @item 5518
5481 New option @code{reftex-toc-max-level} to limit the depth of the toc. 5519 @noindent @b{Version 3.26}
5482 New key binding @kbd{t} in the @file{*toc*} buffer to change this 5520 @itemize @bullet
5483 setting.@refill 5521 @item
5484 @item 5522 [X]Emacs 19 no longer supported. Use 3.22 for Emacs 19.
5485 RefTeX maintains an @file{Index Phrases} file in which phrases can be 5523 @item
5486 collected. When the document is ready, RefTeX can search all 5524 New hooks @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function},
5487 these phrases and assist indexing all matches.@refill 5525 @code{reftex-string-to-label-function}.
5488 @item 5526 @item
5489 The variables @code{reftex-index-macros} and 5527 Made sure automatic crossref display will not visit/scan files.
5490 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} have changed their syntax slightly. 5528 @end itemize
5491 The @var{repeat} parameter has move from the latter to the former. 5529
5492 Also calls to @code{reftex-add-index-macros} from AUCTeX style files 5530 @noindent @b{Version 3.25}
5493 need to be adapted.@refill 5531 @itemize @bullet
5494 @item 5532 @item
5495 The variable @code{reftex-section-levels} no longer contains the 5533 Echoing of citation info caches the info for displayed entries.
5496 default stuff which has been moved to a constant.@refill 5534 New option @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}.
5497 @item 5535 @item
5498 Environments like theorems can be placed into the TOC by putting 5536 @kbd{M-x reftex-reset-mode} now also removes the file with parsing
5499 entries for @samp{"begin@{theorem@}"} in 5537 info.
5500 @code{reftex-setion-levels}.@refill 5538 @item
5501 @end itemize 5539 Default of @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow} changed to nil.
5502 @noindent @b{Version 4.10} 5540 @end itemize
5503 @itemize @bullet 5541
5504 @item 5542 @noindent @b{Version 3.24}
5505 Renamed @file{reftex-vcr.el} to @file{reftex-dcr.el} because of conflict 5543 @itemize @bullet
5506 with @file{reftex-vars.el} on DOS machines. 5544 @item
5507 @item 5545 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-echo}.
5508 New options @code{reftex-parse-file-extension} and 5546 @item
5509 @code{reftex-index-phrase-file-extension}. 5547 Interface with X-Symbol (>=2.6) is now complete and stable.
5510 @end itemize 5548 @item
5511 @noindent @b{Version 4.11} 5549 Adapted to new outline, which uses overlays.
5512 @itemize @bullet 5550 @item
5513 @item 5551 File names in @code{\bibliography} may now have the @code{.bib}
5514 Fixed bug which would parse @samp{\Section} just like @samp{\section}. 5552 extension.
5515 @end itemize 5553 @item
5516 @noindent @b{Version 4.12} 5554 Fixed Bug with parsing "single file" from master file buffer.
5517 @itemize @bullet 5555 @end itemize
5518 @item 5556
5519 Support for @file{bibentry} citation style. 5557 @noindent @b{Version 3.23}
5520 @end itemize 5558 @itemize @bullet
5521 @noindent @b{Version 4.15} 5559 @item
5522 @itemize @bullet 5560 Parse files @file{MASTER.rel} made compatible between Emacs and XEmacs.
5523 @item 5561 @item
5524 Fixed bug with parsing of BibTeX files, when fields contain quotes or 5562 @code{kill-emacs-hook} and @code{kill-buffer-hook} now write the parse
5525 unmatched parenthesis. 5563 file.
5526 @item 5564 @item
5527 Small bug fixes. 5565 The cursor inside a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite} macro can now trigger
5528 @item 5566 automatic display of crossref information in the echo area. See
5529 Improved interaction with Emacs LaTeX mode. 5567 variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
5568 @item
5569 AUCTeX interface updates:
5570 @itemize @minus
5571 @item
5572 AUCTeX 9.9c and later notifies @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections.
5573 @item
5574 @b{Ref@TeX{}} notifies AUCTeX about new labels.
5575 @item
5576 @code{TeX-arg-ref} no longer used (introduction was unnecessary).
5577 @item
5578 @code{reftex-arg-label} and @code{reftex-arg-cite} fixed up.
5579 @item
5580 Settings added to @b{Ref@TeX{}} via style files remain local.
5581 @end itemize
5582 @item
5583 Fixed bug with @code{reftex-citation} in non-latex buffers.
5584 @item
5585 Fixed bug with syntax table and context refontification.
5586 @item
5587 Safety-net for name change of @code{font-lock-reference-face}.
5588 @end itemize
5589
5590 @noindent @b{Version 3.22}
5591 @itemize @bullet
5592 @item
5593 Fixed bug with empty context strings.
5594 @item
5595 @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} is now bound by default at
5596 @kbd{S-mouse-2}.
5597 @end itemize
5598
5599 @noindent @b{Version 3.21}
5600 @itemize @bullet
5601 @item
5602 New options for all faces used by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. They're in the
5603 customization group @code{reftex-fontification-configurations}.
5604 @end itemize
5605
5606 @noindent @b{Version 3.19}
5607 @itemize @bullet
5608 @item
5609 Fixed bug with AUCTeX @code{TeX-master}.
5610 @end itemize
5611
5612 @noindent @b{Version 3.18}
5613 @itemize @bullet
5614 @item
5615 The selection now uses a recursive edit, much like minibuffer input.
5616 This removes all restrictions during selection. E.g. you can now
5617 switch buffers at will, use the mouse etc.
5618 @item
5619 New option @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.
5620 @item
5621 @kbd{mouse-2} can be used to select in selection and @file{*toc*}
5622 buffers.
5623 @item
5624 Fixed some problems regarding the interaction with VIPER mode.
5625 @item
5626 Follow-mode is now only used after point motion.
5627 @item
5628 @b{Ref@TeX{}} now finally does not fontify temporary files anymore.
5629 @end itemize
5630
5631 @noindent @b{Version 3.17}
5632 @itemize @bullet
5633 @item
5634 Additional bindings in selection and @file{*toc*} buffers. @kbd{g}
5635 redefined.
5636 @item
5637 New command @code{reftex-save-all-document-buffers}.
5638 @item
5639 Magic word matching made more intelligent.
5640 @item
5641 Selection process can switch to completion (with @key{TAB}).
5642 @item
5643 @code{\appendix} is now recognized and influences section numbering.
5644 @item
5645 File commentary shortened considerably (use Info documentation).
5646 @item
5647 New option @code{reftex-no-include-regexps} to skip some include files.
5648 @item
5649 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
5650 @end itemize
5651
5652 @noindent @b{Version 3.16}
5653 @itemize @bullet
5654 @item
5655 New hooks @code{reftex-format-label-function},
5656 @code{reftex-format-ref-function}, @code{reftex-format-cite-function}.
5657 @item
5658 TeXInfo documentation completed.
5659 @item
5660 Some restrictions in Label inserting and referencing removed.
5661 @item
5662 New variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}.
5663 @end itemize
5664
5665 @noindent @b{Version 3.14}
5666 @itemize @bullet
5667 @item
5668 Selection buffers can be kept between selections: this is faster.
5669 See new variable @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers}.
5670 @item
5671 Prefix interpretation of reftex-view-crossref changed.
5672 @item
5673 Support for the @code{varioref} package (@kbd{v} key in selection
5674 buffer).
5675 @end itemize
5676
5677 @noindent @b{Version 3.12}
5678 @itemize @bullet
5679 @item
5680 There are 3 new keymaps for customization: @code{reftex-toc-map},
5681 @code{reftex-select-label-map}, @code{reftex-select-bib-map}.
5682 @item
5683 Refontification uses more standard font-lock stuff.
5684 @item
5685 When no BibTeX database files are specified, citations can also use
5686 @code{\bibitem} entries from a @code{thebibliography} environment.
5687 @end itemize
5688
5689 @noindent @b{Version 3.11}
5690 @itemize @bullet
5691 @item
5692 Fixed bug which led to naked label in (e.g.) footnotes.
5693 @item
5694 Added scroll-other-window functions to RefTeX-Select.
5695 @end itemize
5696
5697 @noindent @b{Version 3.10}
5698 @itemize @bullet
5699 @item
5700 Fixed a bug which made reftex 3.07 fail on [X]Emacs version 19.
5701 @item
5702 Removed unimportant code which caused OS/2 Emacs to crash.
5703 @item
5704 All customization variables now accessible from menu.
5705 @end itemize
5706
5707 @noindent @b{Version 3.07}
5708 @itemize @bullet
5709 @item
5710 @code{Ref} menu improved.
5711 @end itemize
5712
5713 @noindent @b{Version 3.05}
5714 @itemize @bullet
5715 @item
5716 Compatibility code now first checks for XEmacs feature.
5717 @end itemize
5718
5719 @noindent @b{Version 3.04}
5720 @itemize @bullet
5721 @item
5722 Fixed BUG in the @emph{xr} support.
5723 @end itemize
5724
5725 @noindent @b{Version 3.03}
5726 @itemize @bullet
5727 @item
5728 Support for the LaTeX package @code{xr}, for inter-document
5729 references.
5730 @item
5731 A few (minor) Mule-related changes.
5732 @item
5733 Fixed bug which could cause @emph{huge} @file{.rel} files.
5734 @item
5735 Search for input and @file{.bib} files with recursive path definitions.
5736 @end itemize
5737
5738 @noindent @b{Version 3.00}
5739 @itemize @bullet
5740 @item
5741 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work better for very large projects:
5742 @item
5743 The new parser works without creating a master buffer.
5744 @item
5745 Rescanning can be limited to a part of a multifile document.
5746 @item
5747 Information from the parser can be stored in a file.
5748 @item
5749 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can deal with macros having a naked label as an argument.
5750 @item
5751 Macros may have white space and newlines between arguments.
5752 @item
5753 Multiple identical section headings no longer confuse
5754 @code{reftex-toc}.
5755 @item
5756 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work correctly in combination with buffer-altering
5757 packages like outline, folding, x-symbol, iso-cvt, isotex, etc.
5758 @item
5759 All labeled environments discussed in @emph{The LaTeX Companion} by
5760 Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley 1994) are part of
5761 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s defaults.
5762 @end itemize
5763
5764 @noindent @b{Version 2.17}
5765 @itemize @bullet
5766 @item
5767 Label prefix expands % escapes with current file name and other stuff.
5768 @item
5769 Citation format now with % escapes. This is not backward
5770 compatible!
5771 @item
5772 TEXINPUTS variable recognized when looking for input files.
5773 @item
5774 Context can be the nth argument of a macro.
5775 @item
5776 Searching in the select buffer is now possible (@kbd{C-s} and
5777 @kbd{C-r}).
5778 @item
5779 Display and derive-label can use two different context methods.
5780 @item
5781 AMSmath @code{xalignat} and @code{xxalignat} added.
5782 @end itemize
5783
5784 @noindent @b{Version 2.14}
5785 @itemize @bullet
5786 @item
5787 Variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX} simplifies cooperation with
5788 AUCTeX.
5789 @end itemize
5790
5791 @noindent @b{Version 2.11}
5792 @itemize @bullet
5793 @item
5794 Submitted for inclusion to Emacs and XEmacs.
5795 @end itemize
5796
5797 @noindent @b{Version 2.07}
5798 @itemize @bullet
5799 @item
5800 New functions @code{reftex-search-document},
5801 @code{reftex-query-replace-document}.
5802 @end itemize
5803
5804 @noindent @b{Version 2.05}
5805 @itemize @bullet
5806 @item
5807 Support for @file{custom.el}.
5808 @item
5809 New function @code{reftex-grep-document} (thanks to Stephen Eglen).
5810 @end itemize
5811
5812 @noindent @b{Version 2.03}
5813 @itemize @bullet
5814 @item
5815 @code{figure*}, @code{table*}, @code{sidewaysfigure/table} added to
5816 default environments.
5817 @item
5818 @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} introduced (thanks to Rory Molinari).
5819 @item
5820 New functions @code{reftex-arg-label}, @code{reftex-arg-ref},
5821 @code{reftex-arg-cite}.
5822 @item
5823 Emacs/XEmacs compatibility reworked. XEmacs 19.15 now is
5824 required.
5825 @item
5826 @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} (to be called from AUCTeX style
5827 files).
5828 @item
5829 Finding context with a hook function.
5830 @item
5831 Sorting BibTeX entries (new variable:
5832 @code{reftex-sort-bibtex-matches}).
5833 @end itemize
5834
5835 @noindent @b{Version 2.00}
5836 @itemize @bullet
5837 @item
5838 Labels can be derived from context (default for sections).
5839 @item
5840 Configuration of label insertion and label referencing revised.
5841 @item
5842 Crossref fields in BibTeX database entries.
5843 @item
5844 @code{reftex-toc} introduced (thanks to Stephen Eglen).
5845 @end itemize
5846
5847 @noindent @b{Version 1.09}
5848 @itemize @bullet
5849 @item
5850 Support for @code{tex-main-file}, an analogue for
5851 @code{TeX-master}.
5852 @item
5853 MS-DOS support.
5854 @end itemize
5855
5856 @noindent @b{Version 1.07}
5857 @itemize @bullet
5858 @item
5859 @b{Ref@TeX{}} gets its own menu.
5860 @end itemize
5861
5862 @noindent @b{Version 1.05}
5863 @itemize @bullet
5864 @item
5865 XEmacs port.
5866 @end itemize
5867
5868 @noindent @b{Version 1.04}
5869 @itemize @bullet
5870 @item
5871 Macros as wrappers, AMSTeX support, delayed context parsing for
5872 new labels.
5530 @end itemize 5873 @end itemize
5531 @end ignore 5874 @end ignore
5532 @noindent @b{Version 4.17} 5875
5533 @itemize @bullet 5876 @noindent @b{Version 1.00}
5534 @item 5877 @itemize @bullet
5535 The toc window can be split off horizontally. See new options 5878 @item
5536 @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally}, 5879 released on 7 Jan 1997.
5537 @code{reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally-fraction}. 5880 @end itemize
5538 @item 5881
5539 It is possible to specify a function which verifies an index match 5882
5540 during global indexing. See new option @code{reftex-index-verify-function}. 5883
5541 @item 5884
5542 The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can
5543 be configured. See new option @code{reftex-include-file-commands}.
5544 @item
5545 The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography) can
5546 be configured. See new option @code{reftex-bibliography-commands}.
5547 @item
5548 The regular expression used to search for the \bibliography macro has
5549 been relaxed to allow for @samp{@{\bibliography@{...@}@}} needed by
5550 chapterbib.
5551 @item
5552 Small bug fixes.
5553 @end itemize
5554 @noindent @b{Version 4.18}
5555 @itemize @bullet
5556 @item
5557 @code{reftex-citation} uses the word before the cursor as a default
5558 search string.
5559 @item
5560 Simplified several regular expressions for speed.
5561 @item
5562 Better support for chapterbib.
5563 @end itemize
5564 @noindent @b{Version 4.19}
5565 @itemize @bullet
5566 @item
5567 New command `reftex-toc-recenter' (@kbd{C-c -}) which shows the current
5568 section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
5569 @item
5570 Recentering happens automatically in idle time when the option
5571 @code{reftex-auto-recenter-toc} is turned on.
5572 @item
5573 Fixed several bugs related to automatic cursor positioning in the TOC
5574 buffer.
5575 @item
5576 The highlight in the TOC buffer stays when the focus moves to a
5577 different window.
5578 @item
5579 New command `reftex-goto-label'.
5580 @item
5581 Part numbers are no longer included in chapter numbers, and a new
5582 part does not reset the chapter counter. See new option
5583 @code{reftex-part-resets-chapter}.
5584 @end itemize
5585 5885
5586 @node Index, , , Top 5886 @node Index, , , Top
5587 @unnumbered Index 5887 @unnumbered Index
5588 @printindex cp 5888 @printindex cp
5589 5889
5590 @summarycontents 5890 @summarycontents
5591 @contents 5891 @contents
5592 @bye 5892 @bye
5593 5893
5894 @ignore
5895 arch-tag: 1e055774-0576-4b1b-b47f-550d0961fd43
5896 @end ignore